| blob | 1c44195cae32228c6dc6962a4333444bfb6b6af8 |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
88 ;;;***
89 \f
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
99 ;;;***
100 \f
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
111 ;;;***
112 \f
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
125 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
131 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
137 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
138 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
139 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
140 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
146 Prompt for a change log name.
153 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
154 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
155 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
156 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
158 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
159 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
160 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
162 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
163 current buffer to the complete file name.
164 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
169 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
170 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
171 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
173 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
174 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
176 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
178 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
179 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
180 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
182 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
183 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
184 after a comma on an existing line.
186 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
187 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
188 the same person.
190 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
191 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
192 notices.
194 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
195 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
200 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
201 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
202 the change log file in another window.
207 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
208 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
209 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
210 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
211 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
218 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
221 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
223 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
224 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
225 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
226 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
227 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
229 Has a preference of looking backwards.
234 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
235 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
236 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
237 or a buffer.
239 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
240 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
244 ;;;***
245 \f
246 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
247 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
248 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20725 15032 264919 0))
249 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
252 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
253 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
254 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
255 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
256 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
257 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
258 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
259 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
265 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
266 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
267 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
268 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
269 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
270 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
276 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
281 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
286 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
288 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
289 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
290 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
291 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
292 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
294 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
295 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
296 the new one.
298 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
299 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
300 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
301 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
302 mapped to the closest extremal position).
304 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
305 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
306 the cache-id will clear the cache.
308 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
313 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
314 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
315 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
316 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
317 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
318 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
319 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
320 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
321 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
322 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
323 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
324 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
325 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
326 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
327 definition will always be cached for later usage.
332 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
333 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
335 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
336 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
337 BODY...)
339 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
340 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
341 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
342 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
343 see also `ad-add-advice'.
344 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
345 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
346 before/around/after-advices will be used.
347 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
348 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
349 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
350 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
351 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
352 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
354 Semantics of the various flags:
355 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
356 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
357 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
359 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
360 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
362 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
363 advised function should be compiled.
365 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
366 during activation until somebody enables it.
368 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
369 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
370 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
371 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
373 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
374 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
375 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
376 BODY...)
382 ;;;***
383 \f
384 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
385 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
386 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
387 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
390 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
391 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
392 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
393 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
394 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
395 rule's `separate' attribute).
397 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
398 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
399 `separate' attribute set.
401 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
402 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
403 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
404 on the format of these lists.
409 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
410 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
411 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
412 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
413 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
414 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
415 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
416 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
417 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
418 options.
420 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
421 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
423 Fred (123) 456-7890
424 Alice (123) 456-7890
425 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
426 Joe (123) 456-7890
428 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
430 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
435 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
436 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
437 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
438 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
439 align that section.
444 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
445 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
446 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
447 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
448 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
449 been used to align that section.
454 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
455 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
456 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
457 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
458 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
459 to be colored.
464 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
469 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
473 ;;;***
474 \f
475 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
476 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
477 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
478 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
481 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
483 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
490 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
491 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
493 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
494 `allout-auto-activation'.
499 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
501 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
502 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
503 file variable `allout-layout'.
506 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
507 specified layout is applied.
510 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
513 Auto-layout is not.
519 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
523 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
533 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
535 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
537 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
539 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
541 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
552 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557 Toggle Allout outline mode.
558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
559 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
560 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
563 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
564 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
565 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
566 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
567 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
568 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
569 outline.)
571 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
573 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
574 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
575 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
576 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
577 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
579 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
580 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
582 and many other features.
584 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
585 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
586 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
587 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
588 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
590 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
591 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
593 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
595 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
597 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
598 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
599 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
601 Exposure Control:
602 ----------------
609 Navigation:
610 ----------
617 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
619 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
620 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
623 Topic Header Production:
624 -----------------------
627 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
629 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
630 ---------------------------------
633 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
634 current topic
636 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
637 are alternated according to nesting depth.
639 the offspring are not affected.
640 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
642 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
643 ----------------------------------
645 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
650 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
653 Topic-oriented Encryption:
654 -------------------------
656 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
658 Misc commands:
659 -------------
660 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
661 and establish a default file-var setting
662 for `allout-layout'.
665 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
666 buffer with name derived from derived from that
669 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
670 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
671 format.
673 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
674 auto-activation.
676 Topic Encryption
678 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
679 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
680 pending encryption on save.
682 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
683 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
684 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
685 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
686 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
688 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
689 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
690 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
691 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
692 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
693 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
694 signal.
696 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
697 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
698 for details.
700 HOT-SPOT Operation
702 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
703 navigation and exposure control.
705 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
706 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
712 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
714 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
715 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
718 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
719 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
720 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
721 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
722 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
723 at the beginning of the current entry.
725 Extending Allout
727 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
728 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
729 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
731 `allout-mode-hook'
732 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
733 `allout-mode-off-hook'
734 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
735 `allout-structure-added-functions'
736 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
737 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
738 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
739 `allout-post-undo-hook'
741 Terminology
743 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
745 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
746 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
747 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
748 CURRENT ITEM:
749 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
750 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
751 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
752 called the:
753 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
755 ANCESTORS:
756 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
757 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
758 of the ITEM.
759 OFFSPRING:
760 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
761 SUBTOPIC:
762 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
763 CHILD:
764 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
765 SIBLINGS:
766 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
768 Topic text constituents:
770 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
771 text.
772 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
773 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
774 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
775 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
776 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
777 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
778 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
779 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
780 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
781 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
782 the PREFIX.
784 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
785 of the ITEM.
786 PREFIX-LEAD:
787 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
788 It can be customized by changing the setting of
789 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
791 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
792 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
793 program code without interfering with processing of the text
794 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
795 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
796 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
797 docstring for more detail.
798 PREFIX-PADDING:
799 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
800 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
801 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
802 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
803 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
804 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
805 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
807 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
808 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
809 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
810 more details.
811 EXPOSURE:
812 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
813 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
814 CONCEALED:
815 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
818 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
819 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
820 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
827 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
829 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
830 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
834 ;;;***
835 \f
836 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
837 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
838 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
839 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
841 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
844 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
846 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
851 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
853 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
854 visiting an outline.
856 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
857 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
859 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
860 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
861 you want allout widgets operation.
867 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
871 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
872 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
873 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
875 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
876 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
877 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
879 The graphics include:
881 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
883 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
884 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
886 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
887 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
889 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
890 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
891 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 ;;;***
896 \f
897 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
898 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20743 44982 104196 0))
899 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
904 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
905 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
906 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
907 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
908 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
917 ;;;***
918 \f
919 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
920 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
925 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
926 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
927 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
928 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
929 in the current window.
934 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
935 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
936 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
937 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
938 buffer if one does not exist.
943 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
944 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
945 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
946 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 ;;;***
951 \f
952 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
953 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
954 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
964 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
965 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
966 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
967 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
969 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
970 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
972 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976 ;;;***
977 \f
978 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
979 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104
980 ;;;;;; 0))
981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
985 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
986 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
987 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
990 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
992 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
993 the rules.
995 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
996 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
997 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
998 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1009 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013 ;;;***
1014 \f
1015 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1016 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1017 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1020 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1021 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1022 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1023 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1024 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 Toggle checking of appointments.
1030 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1031 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035 ;;;***
1036 \f
1037 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1038 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1039 ;;;;;; apropos-user-option apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el"
1040 ;;;;;; (20716 56 356960 0))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1054 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 variables, not just user options.
1066 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1067 When DO-NOT-ALL is not-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1068 like `apropos-user-option'.
1075 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1076 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1077 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1078 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1079 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 noninteractive functions.
1084 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1085 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1088 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1093 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1098 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1099 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1100 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1115 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1116 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1117 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1118 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1123 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1131 names and values of properties.
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1147 documentation strings.
1149 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1153 ;;;***
1154 \f
1155 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20709
1156 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1161 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1162 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1163 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1164 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1167 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1168 archive.
1174 ;;;***
1175 \f
1176 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20709 26818 907104
1177 ;;;;;; 0))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1230 between that of point and mark.
1238 newlines inside rows)
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20709
1249 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1253 Toggle Artist mode.
1254 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1255 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1256 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258 How to quit Artist mode
1263 How to submit a bug report
1268 Drawing with the mouse:
1270 mouse-2
1271 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1272 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1273 below).
1275 mouse-1
1276 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1277 or pastes:
1279 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1282 to new point
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1299 lines
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Paste Paste Paste
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1311 or diagonally.
1313 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1314 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1315 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1316 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1317 poly-lines.
1319 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1320 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1321 overwrite means the opposite.
1323 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1324 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1325 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1330 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1333 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1334 are currently drawing something.
1336 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1337 some time to fill.
1340 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1341 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1344 Settings
1346 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1355 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1360 Drawing with keys
1363 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1366 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1367 When pasting: Pastes
1371 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1381 Arrows
1384 of the line/poly-line
1387 of the line/poly-line
1390 Selecting operation
1392 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1416 Variables
1418 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1421 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1422 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1423 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1424 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1425 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1426 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1427 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1428 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1429 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1430 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1431 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1432 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1434 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1435 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1436 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1437 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1438 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1439 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1441 Hooks
1443 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1446 Keymap summary
1452 ;;;***
1453 \f
1454 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20709
1455 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1460 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1467 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1470 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1471 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475 Special commands:
1480 ;;;***
1481 \f
1482 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1483 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1488 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1493 ;;;***
1494 \f
1495 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1496 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1497 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1506 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1508 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1509 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1513 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1514 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520 For example:
1522 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1532 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1533 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1541 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1543 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1544 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1548 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1554 ;;;***
1555 \f
1556 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1557 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1565 ;;;***
1566 \f
1567 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1568 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
1569 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1573 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1578 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1579 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1580 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1585 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1586 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1588 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1594 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1595 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1596 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1597 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1600 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1604 ;;;***
1605 \f
1606 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1607 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1608 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1616 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1617 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1619 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1620 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1621 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1622 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1623 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1625 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1630 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1631 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1632 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1633 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1635 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1636 directory or directories specified.
1638 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1639 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1640 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1641 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1642 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1643 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1648 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1649 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1650 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1651 should be non-nil).
1655 ;;;***
1656 \f
1657 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1658 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1659 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20746 21181 635406 0))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1665 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1666 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1669 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1670 disk changes.
1672 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1673 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1674 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1679 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1682 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1687 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1689 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1690 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1693 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1694 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1695 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1696 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1699 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1700 writing before you save the file!
1702 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1707 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1710 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1715 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1716 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1724 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1726 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1727 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1730 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1731 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1734 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1735 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1736 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1737 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1740 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1741 specifies in the mode line.
1745 ;;;***
1746 \f
1747 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1748 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1781 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1786 ;;;***
1787 \f
1788 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1789 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1790 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1794 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1795 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1796 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1801 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1802 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1803 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1804 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1810 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1812 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1813 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1815 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1816 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1817 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1818 seconds.
1822 ;;;***
1823 \f
1824 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1825 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20709 26818 907104
1826 ;;;;;; 0))
1827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1830 Time execution of FORMS.
1831 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1832 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1833 FORMS once.
1834 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1835 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1836 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1843 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1844 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1845 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1846 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1853 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1854 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1855 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1856 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1860 ;;;***
1861 \f
1862 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1863 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
1864 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1867 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1868 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1869 of corresponding buffers.
1870 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1871 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1872 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1873 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1874 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1875 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1880 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1882 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1884 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1886 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1889 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1890 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1891 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1892 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1896 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1899 Special information:
1903 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1904 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1905 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1910 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1916 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1917 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1918 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1919 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1920 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1921 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1922 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1924 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1926 ----------------------------------------------------------
1927 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1928 if that value is non-nil.
1935 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1936 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1937 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1938 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1939 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1940 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1941 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1942 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1943 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1944 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1945 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1949 ;;;***
1950 \f
1951 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1952 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1953 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1956 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1960 ;;;***
1961 \f
1962 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1963 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1964 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1965 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1967 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1971 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1972 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1977 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1982 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1986 ;;;***
1987 \f
1988 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20709
1989 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
1990 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1993 Play blackbox.
1994 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1996 What is blackbox?
1998 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1999 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2000 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2001 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2002 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2003 your score.
2005 Overview of play:
2008 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2009 four.
2011 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2012 movement keys.
2014 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2015 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2017 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2020 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2022 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2023 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2024 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2025 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2027 Details:
2029 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2031 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2032 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2033 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2034 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2036 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2037 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2038 denoted by the letter `R'.
2040 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2041 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2042 denoted by the letter `H'.
2044 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2045 example.
2047 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2048 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2049 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2050 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2052 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2053 ray.
2055 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2056 degree deflection it causes.
2058 1
2059 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2060 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2061 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2062 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2063 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2064 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2065 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2067 2 3
2069 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2070 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2074 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2076 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2077 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2082 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2083 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2084 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2085 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2086 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2087 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2088 emerging from the box.
2090 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2097 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2102 a reflection.
2106 ;;;***
2107 \f
2108 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2109 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2110 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2111 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2112 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
2113 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2118 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2119 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2120 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2121 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2122 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2127 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2128 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2130 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2131 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2132 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2133 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2134 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2135 recent one.
2137 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2138 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2139 yank successive words.
2141 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2142 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2143 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2144 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2145 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2148 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2149 the list of bookmarks.)
2154 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2155 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2156 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2157 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2158 this.
2160 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2161 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2162 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2163 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2165 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2166 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2168 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2169 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2170 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2175 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2180 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2182 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2183 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2184 after a bookmark was set in it.
2189 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2191 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2192 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2199 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2200 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2201 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2203 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2204 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2205 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2207 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2208 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2209 name.
2214 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2215 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2217 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2218 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2219 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2220 this.
2225 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2227 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2228 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2230 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2231 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2232 probably because we were called from there.
2237 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2238 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2243 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2244 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2245 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2246 \(second argument).
2248 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2249 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2250 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2251 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2252 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2254 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2256 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2257 `bookmark-default-file'.
2262 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2263 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2264 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2265 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2266 while loading.
2268 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2269 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2270 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2271 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2272 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2273 explicitly.
2275 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2276 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2278 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2283 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2284 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2285 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2286 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2295 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2299 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2301 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2303 ;;;***
2304 \f
2305 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2306 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2307 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2308 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2309 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2310 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2311 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2312 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2313 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
2314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2316 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2317 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2318 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2319 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2321 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2322 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2323 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2324 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2327 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2329 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2330 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2331 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2332 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2333 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2334 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2336 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2338 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2339 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2340 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2341 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2342 narrowed.
2344 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2347 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2349 \(fn)" t nil)
2351 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2352 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2354 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2356 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2357 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2358 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2359 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2360 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2361 first, if that exists.
2363 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2365 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2366 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2367 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2368 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2372 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2373 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2374 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2375 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2376 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2377 to use.
2379 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2383 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2384 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2386 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2388 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2389 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2390 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2391 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2393 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2394 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2395 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2396 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2398 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2399 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2400 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2409 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2410 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2412 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2413 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2414 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2415 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2417 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2418 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2419 new tab in an existing window instead.
2421 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2422 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2426 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2427 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2428 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2429 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2430 Firefox.
2432 When called interactively, if variable
2433 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2434 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2435 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2436 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2438 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2439 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2440 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2442 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2443 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2447 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2448 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2449 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2450 URL in a new window.
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2456 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2457 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2458 Chromium.
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2465 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2467 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2468 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2469 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2470 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2472 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2473 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2474 new tab in an existing window instead.
2476 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2477 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2481 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2482 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2484 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2488 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2489 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2491 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2492 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2493 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2494 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2496 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2497 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2499 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2501 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2502 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2504 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2505 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2506 program is invoked according to the variable
2507 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2509 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2510 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2511 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2512 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2514 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2515 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2519 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point.
2523 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2524 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2525 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2527 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2528 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2529 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2530 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2532 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2533 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2535 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2537 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2538 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2539 Default to the URL around or before point.
2541 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2542 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2543 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2545 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2546 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2548 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2550 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2551 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2552 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2553 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2555 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2558 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2559 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2560 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2561 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2562 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2564 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2566 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2567 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2568 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2569 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2570 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2572 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2573 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2574 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2575 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2577 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2578 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2580 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2582 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2583 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2584 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2585 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2586 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2587 current one.
2589 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2590 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2591 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2592 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2594 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2595 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2597 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2599 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2600 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2601 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2602 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2603 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2604 don't offer a form of remote control.
2606 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2608 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2609 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2610 Default to the URL around or before point.
2612 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2614 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2615 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2616 Default to the URL around the point.
2618 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2619 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2621 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2622 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2624 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2626 ;;;***
2627 \f
2628 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2629 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
2630 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2632 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2633 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2634 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2635 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2637 \(fn)" t nil)
2639 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2640 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2641 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2642 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2644 \(fn)" t nil)
2646 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2647 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2649 \(fn)" t nil)
2651 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2652 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2654 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2655 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2656 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2661 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2662 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2663 name of buffer configuration.
2665 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2667 ;;;***
2668 \f
2669 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20709 26818
2670 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2671 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2673 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2674 Play Bubbles game.
2676 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2678 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2679 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2680 columns on its right towards the left.
2687 \(fn)" t nil)
2689 ;;;***
2690 \f
2691 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2692 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
2693 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2695 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2697 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2698 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2699 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2700 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2701 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2710 ;;;***
2711 \f
2712 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2713 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2714 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2715 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2716 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
2717 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2718 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2719 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2720 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2722 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2724 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2725 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2726 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2727 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2728 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2729 else the global value will be modified.
2731 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2733 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2734 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2735 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2736 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2737 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2738 else the global value will be modified.
2740 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2742 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2743 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2744 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2746 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2748 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2749 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2750 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2751 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2753 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2754 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2755 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2756 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2757 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2758 before scanning it.
2760 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2761 that already has a `.elc' file.
2763 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2764 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2766 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2767 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2768 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2769 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2770 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2771 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2773 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2775 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2776 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2777 Print the result in the echo area.
2778 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2782 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2783 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2784 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2786 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2788 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2789 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2790 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2791 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2792 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2793 all functions called by those functions.
2795 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2796 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2797 cons, etc.).
2799 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2800 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2801 invoked interactively.
2803 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2805 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2806 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2807 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2808 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2810 \(fn)" nil nil)
2812 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2813 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2814 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2815 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2816 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2818 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2819 already up-to-date.
2821 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2823 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2824 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2825 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2826 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2828 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2829 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2830 and corresponding effects.
2832 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2834 ;;;***
2835 \f
2836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20709
2837 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
2838 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2840 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2842 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2844 ;;;***
2845 \f
2846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20709 26818
2847 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2848 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2850 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2852 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2854 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2856 ;;;***
2857 \f
2858 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2859 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
2860 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2862 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2863 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2864 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2865 from the cursor position.
2867 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2869 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2871 ;;;***
2872 \f
2873 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2874 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2875 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20721
2876 ;;;;;; 17977 14204 0))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2878 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2880 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2885 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2888 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2890 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2891 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2893 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2895 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2896 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2898 \(fn)" t nil)
2900 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2901 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2902 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2903 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2905 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2907 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2909 This is most useful in the X window system.
2911 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2913 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2915 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2917 See calc-keypad for details.
2919 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2921 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2922 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2924 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2926 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2927 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2929 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2931 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2932 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2934 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2936 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2937 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2940 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2942 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2943 Define Calc function.
2945 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2946 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2947 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2949 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2950 actual Lisp function name.
2952 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2954 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2956 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2958 ;;;***
2959 \f
2960 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20709
2961 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
2962 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2964 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2967 \(fn N)" t nil)
2969 ;;;***
2970 \f
2971 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20709
2972 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
2973 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2975 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2976 Run the Emacs calculator.
2977 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2979 \(fn)" t nil)
2981 ;;;***
2982 \f
2983 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20725
2984 ;;;;;; 15032 264919 0))
2985 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2987 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2988 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2989 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2990 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2991 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2992 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2994 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2995 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2996 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2997 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2998 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2999 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3000 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3002 window.
3004 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3005 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3007 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3008 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3009 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3010 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3011 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3012 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3014 Runs the following hooks:
3016 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3017 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3018 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3019 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3021 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3025 ;;;***
3026 \f
3027 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3028 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3031 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3032 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3034 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3036 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3037 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3038 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3039 it fails.
3041 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3043 ;;;***
3044 \f
3045 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3046 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3049 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3050 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3051 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3052 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3053 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3055 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3056 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3057 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3058 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3059 restriction to ASCII.
3061 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3063 capitalizedWorDD
3064 ^ ^ ^^
3066 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3070 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3071 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3072 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3073 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3074 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3075 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3076 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3078 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3079 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3083 ;;;***
3084 \f
3085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20709
3086 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3088 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3090 ;;;***
3091 \f
3092 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3093 ;;;;;; (20739 47925 957834 0))
3094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3096 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3097 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3099 \(fn)" nil nil)
3101 ;;;***
3102 \f
3103 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3104 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3105 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20709 26818
3106 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
3107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3109 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3110 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3112 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3113 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3115 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3116 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3118 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3120 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3121 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3122 made from scratch.
3124 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3126 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3127 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3129 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3130 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3131 made from scratch.
3133 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3135 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3136 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3138 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3140 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3141 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3142 made from scratch.
3144 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3146 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3147 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3149 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3150 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3151 made from scratch.
3153 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3155 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3156 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3158 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3160 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3161 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3162 made from scratch.
3164 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3166 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3167 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3169 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3170 variables are guessed:
3172 * `c-basic-offset', and
3173 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3174 `c-offsets-alist'.
3176 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3177 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3179 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3180 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3182 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3183 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3184 guess is made from scratch.
3186 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3187 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3189 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3191 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3192 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3193 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3194 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3196 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3197 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3198 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3200 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3202 ;;;***
3203 \f
3204 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3205 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3206 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
3207 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3209 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3210 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3211 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3212 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3213 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3214 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3217 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3219 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3220 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3230 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3231 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3233 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3234 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3235 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3239 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3240 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3242 Key bindings:
3245 \(fn)" t nil)
3247 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3248 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3250 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3251 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3253 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3254 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3255 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3256 message.
3260 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3261 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3263 Key bindings:
3266 \(fn)" t nil)
3268 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3269 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3272 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3273 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3275 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3276 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3277 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3278 message.
3282 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3283 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3285 Key bindings:
3288 \(fn)" t nil)
3290 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3291 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3294 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3295 Major mode for editing Java code.
3297 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3298 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3299 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3300 message.
3304 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3305 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3307 Key bindings:
3310 \(fn)" t nil)
3312 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3313 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3316 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3317 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3319 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3320 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3321 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3322 message.
3326 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3327 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3329 Key bindings:
3332 \(fn)" t nil)
3334 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3335 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3337 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3339 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3340 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3342 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3343 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3344 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3345 message.
3349 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3350 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3352 Key bindings:
3355 \(fn)" t nil)
3357 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3358 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3359 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3360 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3361 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3363 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3364 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3366 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3367 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3368 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3372 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3373 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3375 Key bindings:
3378 \(fn)" t nil)
3380 ;;;***
3381 \f
3382 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3383 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3386 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3387 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3388 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3389 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3391 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3394 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3395 might get set too.
3397 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3398 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3399 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3400 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3401 in this way.
3403 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3404 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3405 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3406 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3407 a null operation.
3409 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3411 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3412 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3413 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3414 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3416 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3418 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3419 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3420 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3422 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3424 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3425 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3426 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3427 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3428 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3430 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3432 ;;;***
3433 \f
3434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20709 26818
3435 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
3436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3437 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3438 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3439 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3441 ;;;***
3442 \f
3443 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3444 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3445 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
3446 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3448 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3449 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3451 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3453 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3454 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3456 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3458 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3459 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3461 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3462 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3463 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3464 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3465 execution.
3467 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3469 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3471 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3472 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3474 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3475 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3476 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3477 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3479 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3480 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3481 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3482 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3483 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3484 `write' commands.
3486 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3487 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3488 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3489 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3491 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3492 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3493 semantics.
3495 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3497 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3499 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3501 STATEMENT :=
3502 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3503 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3505 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3506 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3507 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3508 | integer
3510 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3512 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3513 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3514 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3516 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3517 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3518 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3520 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3521 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3523 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3524 BREAK := (break)
3526 REPEAT :=
3527 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3528 (repeat)
3529 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3530 ;; (repeat))
3531 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3532 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3533 ;; (read REG)
3534 ;; (repeat))
3535 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3536 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3537 ;; (read REG)
3538 ;; (repeat))
3539 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3541 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3542 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3543 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3544 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3545 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3546 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3547 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3548 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3549 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3550 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3551 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3552 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3553 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3554 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3555 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3556 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3558 WRITE :=
3559 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3560 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3561 ;; representation.
3562 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3563 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3564 ;; (write r7))
3565 | (write EXPRESSION)
3566 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3567 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3568 ;; representation.
3569 | (write integer)
3570 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3571 ;; buffer.
3572 | (write string)
3573 ;; Same as: (write string)
3574 | string
3575 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3576 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3577 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3578 ;; representation.
3579 | (write REG ARRAY)
3580 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3581 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3582 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3583 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3584 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3585 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3587 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3588 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3590 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3591 END := (end)
3593 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3594 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3595 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3597 ARG := REG | integer
3599 OPERATOR :=
3600 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3601 + | - | * | / | %
3603 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3604 | & | `|' | ^
3606 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3607 | << | >>
3609 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3610 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3611 | <8
3613 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3614 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3615 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3616 | >8
3618 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3619 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3620 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3621 | //
3623 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3624 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3626 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3627 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3628 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3629 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3630 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3631 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3632 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3633 | de-sjis
3635 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3636 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3637 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3638 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3639 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3640 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3641 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3642 ;; byte of SJIS.
3643 | en-sjis
3645 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3646 ;; Same meaning as C code
3647 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3649 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3650 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3651 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3652 | <8=
3654 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3655 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3656 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3658 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3659 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3660 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3661 | //=
3663 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3666 TRANSLATE :=
3667 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3668 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3669 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3670 LOOKUP :=
3671 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3672 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3673 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3674 MAP :=
3675 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3676 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3677 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3678 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3679 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3680 MAP-ID := integer
3682 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3684 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3686 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3687 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3688 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3689 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3690 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3691 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3693 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3695 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3696 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3697 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3699 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3701 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3703 ;;;***
3704 \f
3705 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3706 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
3707 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3709 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3710 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3711 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3712 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3714 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3716 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3718 ;;;***
3719 \f
3720 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3721 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3722 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3724 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3725 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3726 There are no special keybindings by default.
3729 to the action header.
3731 \(fn)" t nil)
3733 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3734 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3735 There are no special keybindings by default.
3738 to the action header.
3740 \(fn)" t nil)
3742 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3743 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3744 on the buffer contents
3746 \(fn)" nil nil)
3748 ;;;***
3749 \f
3750 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3751 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3754 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3755 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3756 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3758 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3760 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3761 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3762 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3764 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3766 ;;;***
3767 \f
3768 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3769 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3770 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3771 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3772 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3773 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3774 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3775 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3776 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3778 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3779 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3780 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3781 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3782 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3784 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3787 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3789 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3790 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3791 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3792 the users will view as each check is completed.
3794 \(fn)" t nil)
3796 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3797 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3798 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3799 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3800 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3801 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3802 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3803 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3805 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3807 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3808 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3809 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3810 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3811 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3812 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3813 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3814 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3816 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3818 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3819 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3820 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3821 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3822 spacing are all verified.
3824 \(fn)" t nil)
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3827 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3828 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3829 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3830 otherwise stop after the first error.
3832 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3835 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3836 Only documentation strings are checked.
3837 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3838 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3839 a separate buffer.
3841 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3843 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3844 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3845 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3846 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3847 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3849 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3851 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3852 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3853 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3854 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3855 if there is one.
3857 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3859 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3860 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3861 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3862 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3863 if there is one.
3864 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3866 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3868 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3869 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3870 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3872 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3874 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3875 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3876 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3877 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3878 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3880 \(fn)" t nil)
3882 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3883 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3884 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3885 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3886 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3887 space at the end of each line.
3889 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3891 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3892 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3893 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3894 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3896 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3898 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3899 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3900 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3901 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3903 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3905 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3906 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3907 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3908 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3910 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3912 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3913 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3914 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3915 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3917 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3919 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3920 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3921 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3922 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3924 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3926 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3927 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3928 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3929 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3931 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3933 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3934 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3935 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3936 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3938 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3940 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3941 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3942 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3943 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3945 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3948 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3949 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3950 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3952 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3954 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3955 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3956 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3957 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3958 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3960 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3961 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3962 checking of documentation strings.
3966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3968 ;;;***
3969 \f
3970 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3971 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3972 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3973 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3975 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3976 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3977 Return the length of resulting text.
3979 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3981 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3982 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3984 \(fn)" t nil)
3986 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3987 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3988 Return the length of resulting text.
3990 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3992 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3993 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3995 \(fn)" t nil)
3997 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4000 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4002 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4005 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4007 ;;;***
4008 \f
4009 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4010 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
4011 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4013 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4014 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4015 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4016 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4017 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4018 editing and the result is evaluated.
4020 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4022 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4023 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4024 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4025 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4026 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4028 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4030 \(fn)" t nil)
4032 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4033 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4034 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4035 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4036 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4038 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4039 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4042 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4043 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4045 \(fn)" t nil)
4047 ;;;***
4048 \f
4049 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4050 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
4051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4053 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4054 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4055 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4056 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4057 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4058 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4059 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4060 of this function.
4062 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4063 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4064 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4065 property are:
4067 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4068 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4070 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4071 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4072 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4073 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4074 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4075 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4076 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4077 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4078 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4079 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4080 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4081 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4083 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4084 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4085 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4087 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4088 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4089 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4090 list elements are:
4092 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4094 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4096 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4098 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4099 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4101 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4102 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4104 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4105 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4106 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4107 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4108 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4109 value specified by their associated list element.
4111 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4113 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4114 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4115 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4117 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4118 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4119 * indent the first argument by 4.
4120 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4121 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4122 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4124 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4126 ;;;***
4127 \f
4128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20709 26818
4129 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
4130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4132 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4134 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4135 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4136 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4137 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4138 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4139 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4141 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4142 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4144 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4146 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4148 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4150 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4152 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4154 ;;;***
4155 \f
4156 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4157 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
4158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4160 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4161 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4162 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4163 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4165 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4166 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4167 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4168 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4170 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4171 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4173 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4175 ;;;***
4176 \f
4177 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20709
4178 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
4179 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4181 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4182 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4183 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4184 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4185 of `scheme-program-name').
4186 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4187 it is given as initial input.
4188 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4189 discards input when it starts up.
4190 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4191 is run).
4194 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4196 ;;;***
4197 \f
4198 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20721 17977
4199 ;;;;;; 14204 0))
4200 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4202 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4203 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4207 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4208 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4210 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4211 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4212 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4214 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4216 ;;;***
4217 \f
4218 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4219 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4220 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4221 ;;;;;; (20721 17977 14204 0))
4222 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4224 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4225 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4226 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4227 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4228 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4229 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4230 functions have already modified the buffer.
4232 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4234 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4235 either globally or locally.")
4237 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4238 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4239 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4240 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4242 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4243 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4244 `start-file-process'
4245 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4246 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4247 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4249 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4250 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4252 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4254 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4256 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4258 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4259 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4260 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4261 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4262 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4263 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4264 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4265 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4266 process as its initial input.
4268 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4270 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4272 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4274 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4275 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4276 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4277 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4278 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4279 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4281 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4283 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4284 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4285 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4286 directory tracking functions.")
4288 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4289 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4290 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4292 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4294 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4296 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4297 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4298 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4300 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4302 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4304 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4305 Send COMMAND to current process.
4306 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4307 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4309 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4311 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4312 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4313 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4314 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4316 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4318 ;;;***
4319 \f
4320 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4321 ;;;;;; (20721 17977 14204 0))
4322 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4324 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4325 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4326 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4327 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4329 This command pushes the mark in each window
4330 at the prior location of point in that window.
4331 If both windows display the same buffer,
4332 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4333 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4335 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4336 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4337 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4338 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4339 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4340 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4341 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4342 ignored.
4344 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4345 this command work in interlaced mode:
4346 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4347 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4348 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4350 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4352 ;;;***
4353 \f
4354 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4355 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4356 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4357 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4358 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20723
4359 ;;;;;; 59703 12265 0))
4360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4362 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4363 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4365 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4367 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4368 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4369 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4371 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4372 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4373 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4375 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4377 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4378 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4380 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4382 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4383 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4384 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4385 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4386 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4388 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4389 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4390 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4391 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4394 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4395 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4396 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4397 describing how the process finished.")
4399 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4400 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4401 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4402 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4403 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4405 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4407 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4409 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4411 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4412 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4413 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4414 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4416 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4418 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4419 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4421 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4422 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4424 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4425 (lambda ()
4428 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4430 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4432 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4433 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4435 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4436 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4437 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4438 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4440 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4442 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4443 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4444 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4445 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4448 and move to the source code that caused it.
4450 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4451 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4453 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4454 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4455 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4456 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4457 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4459 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4460 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4462 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4464 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4465 kills its subprocesses.
4467 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4468 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4469 to a function that generates a unique name.
4471 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4473 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4474 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4475 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4476 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4478 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4479 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4481 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4482 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4483 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4484 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4486 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4487 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4488 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4490 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4492 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4494 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4495 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4500 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4504 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4506 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4508 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4509 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4511 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4512 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4514 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4515 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4516 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4517 See `compilation-mode'.
4519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4521 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4522 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4523 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4524 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4525 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4527 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4528 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4529 `compilation-mode'.
4531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4533 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4534 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4535 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4537 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4539 ;;;***
4540 \f
4541 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4542 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
4543 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4545 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4546 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4547 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4549 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4550 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4552 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4554 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4555 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4556 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4557 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4558 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4562 ;;;***
4563 \f
4564 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4565 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4566 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4567 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
4568 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4570 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4571 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4572 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4573 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4574 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4575 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4576 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4578 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4579 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4580 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4582 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4583 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4584 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4586 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4587 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4588 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4589 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4591 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4592 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4593 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4594 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4595 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4596 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4597 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4601 \(fn)" t nil)
4603 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4604 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4605 Comments start with `#'.
4606 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4610 \[Desktop Entry]
4611 Encoding=UTF-8
4612 Name=The GIMP
4613 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4614 Name[cs]=GIMP
4616 \(fn)" t nil)
4618 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4619 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4620 Comments start with `;'.
4621 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4625 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4626 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4627 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4629 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4630 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4632 \(fn)" t nil)
4634 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4635 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4636 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4637 between `/*' and `*/'.
4638 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4641 // another kind of comment
4642 /* yet another */
4644 name:value
4645 name=value
4646 name value
4647 x.1 =
4648 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4649 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4651 \(fn)" t nil)
4653 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4654 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4656 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4657 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4658 `conf-space-keywords'.
4659 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4660 in an interactive fashion instead.
4662 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4666 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4667 image/png png
4668 image/tiff tiff tif
4670 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4671 class desktop
4672 # Standard multimedia devices
4673 add /dev/audio desktop
4674 add /dev/mixer desktop
4676 \(fn)" t nil)
4678 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4679 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4680 See `conf-space-mode'.
4682 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4684 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4685 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4687 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4694 \(fn)" t nil)
4696 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4697 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4699 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4703 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4706 \(fn)" t nil)
4708 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4709 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4711 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4715 *background: gray99
4716 *foreground: black
4718 \(fn)" t nil)
4720 ;;;***
4721 \f
4722 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4723 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
4724 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4726 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4727 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4728 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4729 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4731 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4733 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4734 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4735 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4736 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4738 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4740 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4741 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4742 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4743 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4745 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4747 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4748 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4750 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4752 ;;;***
4753 \f
4754 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4755 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20709
4756 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
4757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4758 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4759 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4760 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4762 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4763 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4764 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4765 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4766 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4767 following the copyright are updated as well.
4768 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4769 interactively.
4771 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4773 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4774 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4775 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4776 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4777 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4779 \(fn)" t nil)
4781 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4782 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4784 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4786 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4787 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4788 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4790 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4792 ;;;***
4793 \f
4794 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4795 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104
4796 ;;;;;; 0))
4797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4798 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4799 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4800 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4801 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4802 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4803 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4804 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4806 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4807 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4808 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4809 Tab indents for Perl code.
4810 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4811 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4813 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4814 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4815 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4819 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4820 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4821 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4822 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4823 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4826 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4828 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4829 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4831 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4833 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4834 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4835 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4837 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4838 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4841 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4845 bite if angry;
4847 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4848 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4849 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4850 to nil.)
4853 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4854 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4856 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4858 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4859 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4860 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4862 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4866 if (A) { B }
4868 into
4870 B if A;
4874 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4875 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4876 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4877 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4878 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4879 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4880 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4881 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4882 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4883 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4884 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4885 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4888 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4890 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4891 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4892 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4893 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4895 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4897 man via menu.
4899 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4900 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4901 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4902 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4906 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4907 span the needed amount of lines.
4909 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4910 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4911 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4912 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4914 Variables controlling indentation style:
4915 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4916 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4917 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4918 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4919 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4920 `cperl-auto-newline'
4921 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4922 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4924 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4925 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4926 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4927 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4928 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4929 `cperl-indent-level'
4930 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4931 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4932 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4933 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4934 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4935 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4936 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4937 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4938 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4939 `cperl-brace-offset'
4940 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4941 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4942 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4943 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4944 `cperl-label-offset'
4945 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4946 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4947 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4949 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4950 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4951 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4952 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4953 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4954 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4956 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4959 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4961 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4962 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4963 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4964 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4966 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4967 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4969 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4970 column 0 is indented on
4971 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4973 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4974 with no args.
4976 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4977 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4978 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4980 \(fn)" t nil)
4982 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4983 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4985 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4987 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4988 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4990 \(fn)" t nil)
4992 ;;;***
4993 \f
4994 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4995 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
4996 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4998 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4999 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5000 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5001 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5002 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5004 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5006 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5007 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5009 \(fn)" t nil)
5011 ;;;***
5012 \f
5013 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5014 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5017 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5018 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5019 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5020 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5022 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5023 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5025 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5027 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5028 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5029 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5030 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5031 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5035 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5037 ;;;***
5038 \f
5039 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5040 ;;;;;; (20718 41783 713368 0))
5041 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5043 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5044 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5045 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5046 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5048 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5049 a prespecified separator regexp. For example, if the separator
5051 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5053 The default value for the separator regexp is the value of
5054 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator regexp may be
5055 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5057 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5058 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5059 'bob', and 'eve'.
5061 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5062 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5063 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5065 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5067 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5068 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5069 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5071 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5073 ;;;***
5074 \f
5075 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20709
5076 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
5077 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5079 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5080 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5082 \(fn)" t nil)
5084 ;;;***
5085 \f
5086 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5087 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5090 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5091 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5092 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5093 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5094 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5095 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5097 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5099 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5100 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5101 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5102 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5103 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5105 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5106 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5107 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5108 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5109 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5110 normal function of these prefix keys.
5112 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5113 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5114 options:
5115 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5116 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5117 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5119 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5120 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5121 the prefix fallback behavior.
5123 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5124 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5125 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5126 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5130 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5131 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5133 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5135 ;;;***
5136 \f
5137 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5138 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5139 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5140 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5141 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5142 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5143 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5144 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5145 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5146 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5147 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
5148 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5150 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5151 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5153 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5155 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5156 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5158 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5160 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5161 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5163 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5165 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5166 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5168 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5169 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5171 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5172 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5174 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5176 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5178 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5179 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5180 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5182 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5183 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5185 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5186 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5188 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5189 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5191 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5193 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5195 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5196 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5197 Return VALUE.
5199 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5200 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5202 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5203 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5205 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5206 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5208 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5210 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5212 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5213 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5214 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5215 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5217 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5218 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5219 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5221 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5223 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5224 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5226 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5227 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5229 \(fn)" t nil)
5231 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5232 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5233 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5234 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5236 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5238 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5239 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5240 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5242 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5244 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5245 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5247 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5249 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5251 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5252 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5254 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5256 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5258 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5259 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5260 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5262 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5264 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5265 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5266 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5267 as part of Emacs itself.
5269 Each elements looks like this:
5271 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5273 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5274 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5275 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5276 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5277 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5278 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5279 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5280 and `defface'.
5282 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5284 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5290 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5291 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5292 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5293 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5295 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5297 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5298 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5299 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5300 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5301 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5302 release.
5304 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5305 that were added or redefined since that version.
5307 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5309 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5310 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5311 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5312 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5314 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5316 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5317 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5319 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5321 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5322 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5323 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5325 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5326 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5328 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5330 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5331 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5333 \(fn)" t nil)
5335 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5336 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5338 \(fn)" t nil)
5340 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5341 Customize all saved options and faces.
5343 \(fn)" t nil)
5345 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5346 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5347 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5348 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5349 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5350 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5352 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5353 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5354 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5356 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5358 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5359 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5361 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5363 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5364 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5366 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5368 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5369 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5371 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5373 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5374 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5375 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5376 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5377 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5378 that option.
5380 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5382 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5383 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5384 The result includes selecting that window.
5385 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5386 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5387 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5388 that option.
5390 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5392 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5393 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5395 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5397 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5398 File used for storing customization information.
5399 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5400 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5401 it should be an absolute file name.
5403 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5404 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5405 something like the following in your init file:
5408 \(load custom-file)
5410 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5411 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5413 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5414 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5415 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5416 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5417 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5419 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5420 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5421 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5422 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5423 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5424 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5426 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5427 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5428 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5430 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5432 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5433 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5435 \(fn)" nil nil)
5437 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5438 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5440 \(fn)" t nil)
5442 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5443 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5444 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5446 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5448 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5449 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5450 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5451 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5452 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5454 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5456 ;;;***
5457 \f
5458 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5459 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20709
5460 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
5461 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5463 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5464 Create or edit a custom theme.
5465 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5466 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5467 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5468 from the Custom save file.
5469 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5470 named *Custom Theme*.
5472 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5474 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5475 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5477 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5479 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5480 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5482 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5484 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5485 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5486 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5487 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5489 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5491 ;;;***
5492 \f
5493 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5494 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5495 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5497 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5498 Mode used for cvs status output.
5500 \(fn)" t nil)
5502 ;;;***
5503 \f
5504 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el"
5505 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5508 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5509 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5511 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5513 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5514 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5515 C++ modes are included.
5517 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5518 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5519 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5523 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5525 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5526 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5527 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5528 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5529 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5530 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5532 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5534 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5535 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5536 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5537 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5538 ARG is omitted or nil.
5540 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5541 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5542 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5546 ;;;***
5547 \f
5548 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5549 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5550 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5551 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5553 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5554 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5556 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5558 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5559 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5561 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5563 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5564 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5565 For readability, the table is slightly
5566 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5568 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5569 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5570 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5571 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5572 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5574 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5576 ;;;***
5577 \f
5578 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5579 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5580 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5581 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5582 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5583 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5584 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5586 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5587 Completion on current word.
5589 and presents suggestions for completion.
5591 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5592 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5593 completions.
5596 then it searches *all* buffers.
5598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5600 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5603 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5604 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5605 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5606 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5607 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5609 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5610 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5612 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5613 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5614 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5616 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5617 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5623 ;;;***
5624 \f
5625 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5626 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5627 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5629 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5630 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5632 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5634 ;;;***
5635 \f
5636 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20709
5637 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
5638 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5640 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5641 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5642 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5643 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5644 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5646 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5648 ;;;***
5649 \f
5650 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20709
5651 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
5652 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5654 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5655 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5657 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5658 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5659 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5661 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5662 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5663 Data lines are not indented.
5665 Key bindings:
5668 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5675 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5677 dcl-basic-offset
5678 Extra indentation within blocks.
5680 dcl-continuation-offset
5681 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5683 dcl-margin-offset
5684 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5686 dcl-margin-label-offset
5687 Indentation for a label.
5689 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5690 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5692 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5693 dcl-block-end-regexp
5694 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5695 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5696 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5697 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5698 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5700 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5701 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5702 Two such functions are included in the package:
5703 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5704 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5706 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5707 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5708 One such function is included in the package:
5709 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5711 dcl-tab-always-indent
5712 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5713 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5714 margin.
5716 dcl-electric-characters
5717 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5718 typed.
5720 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5721 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5722 which words trigger electric indentation.
5724 dcl-tempo-comma
5725 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5726 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5727 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5729 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5730 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5731 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5732 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5734 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5735 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5736 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5737 dcl-imenu-label-call
5738 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5740 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5741 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5742 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5743 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5746 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5748 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5749 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5750 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5751 $ i = 1
5752 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5753 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5754 $ label:
5755 $ if i.eq.1
5756 $ then
5757 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5758 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5759 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5760 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5763 $ type sys$input
5764 Data lines are not indented at all.
5765 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5766 $ endif
5767 $
5770 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5771 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5773 \(fn)" t nil)
5775 ;;;***
5776 \f
5777 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5778 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
5779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5781 (setq debugger 'debug)
5783 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5785 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5786 of the evaluator.
5788 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5789 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5790 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5792 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5794 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5795 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5797 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5799 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5800 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5801 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5802 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5803 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5804 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5807 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5809 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5811 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5813 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5814 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5815 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5817 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5819 ;;;***
5820 \f
5821 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5822 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5823 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5825 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5826 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5828 \(fn)" t nil)
5830 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5831 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5832 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5833 Upper-case letters are commands.
5835 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5836 modify it.
5838 The most useful commands are:
5842 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5846 \(fn)" t nil)
5848 ;;;***
5849 \f
5850 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5851 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20709
5852 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
5853 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5855 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5856 Customization of `columns' group.
5858 \(fn)" t nil)
5860 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5861 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5863 START and END delimits the text region.
5865 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5867 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5868 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5870 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5872 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5874 ;;;***
5875 \f
5876 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20709
5877 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
5878 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5880 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5882 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5883 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5884 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5885 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5886 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5887 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5889 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5891 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5892 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5893 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5894 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5895 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5897 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5898 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5899 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5900 any selection.
5902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5904 ;;;***
5905 \f
5906 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5907 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
5908 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5910 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5911 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5913 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5915 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5916 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5917 or nil if there is no parent.
5919 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5920 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5921 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5922 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5924 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5925 arguments are currently understood:
5926 :group GROUP
5927 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5928 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5929 :syntax-table TABLE
5930 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5931 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5932 :abbrev-table TABLE
5933 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5934 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5936 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5940 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5941 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5942 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5944 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5945 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5949 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5951 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5952 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5954 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5955 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5957 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5959 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5961 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5963 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5964 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5965 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5966 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5967 the first time the mode is used.
5969 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5971 ;;;***
5972 \f
5973 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5974 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
5975 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5977 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5978 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5979 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5980 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5981 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5982 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5983 otherwise.
5985 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5987 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5988 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5989 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5990 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5992 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5993 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5994 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5996 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5997 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5998 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5999 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6000 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6001 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6002 relevant to POS.
6004 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6006 ;;;***
6007 \f
6008 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6009 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6010 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6011 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6012 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6014 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6015 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6016 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6018 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6020 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6021 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6022 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6023 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6024 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6026 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6027 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6028 `desktop-read' for details.
6030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6032 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6033 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6034 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6035 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6037 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6039 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6040 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6041 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6043 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6044 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6045 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6047 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6050 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6051 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6052 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6054 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6055 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6056 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6057 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6059 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6061 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6062 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6064 Handlers are called with argument list
6066 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6068 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6070 desktop-file-version
6071 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6072 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6073 desktop-buffer-point
6074 desktop-buffer-mark
6075 desktop-buffer-read-only
6076 desktop-buffer-locals
6078 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6079 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6081 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6082 code like
6084 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6085 ...
6086 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6087 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6089 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6091 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6093 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6094 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6095 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6096 List elements must have the form
6098 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6100 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6101 function.
6103 Handlers are called with argument list
6105 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6107 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6109 desktop-file-version
6110 desktop-buffer-file-name
6111 desktop-buffer-name
6112 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6113 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6114 desktop-buffer-point
6115 desktop-buffer-mark
6116 desktop-buffer-read-only
6117 desktop-buffer-misc
6119 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6120 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6121 created and set.
6123 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6124 code like
6126 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6127 ...
6128 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6129 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6131 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6133 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6135 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6137 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6138 Empty the Desktop.
6139 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6140 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6141 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6143 \(fn)" t nil)
6145 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6146 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6147 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6148 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6149 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6151 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6153 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6154 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6155 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6157 \(fn)" t nil)
6159 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6160 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6161 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6162 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6163 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6164 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6165 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6166 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6168 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6170 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6171 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6172 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6174 \(fn)" nil nil)
6176 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode "22.1")
6178 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6179 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6180 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6181 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6182 directory DIRNAME.
6184 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6186 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6187 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6189 \(fn)" t nil)
6191 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6192 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6194 \(fn)" t nil)
6196 ;;;***
6197 \f
6198 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6199 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6200 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6203 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6204 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6205 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6206 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6207 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6208 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6210 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6212 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6213 Repair a broken attribution line.
6214 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6216 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6218 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6219 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6220 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6221 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6223 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6225 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6226 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6228 \(fn)" t nil)
6230 ;;;***
6231 \f
6232 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6233 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6234 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6236 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6237 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6238 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6239 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6240 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6244 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6245 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6246 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6247 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6249 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6250 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6251 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6252 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6254 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6255 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6257 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6259 calendar-date-style 'european
6262 \(diary-mail-entries)
6264 # diary-rem.el ends here
6266 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6268 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6269 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6271 \(fn)" t nil)
6273 ;;;***
6274 \f
6275 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-latest-backup-file
6276 ;;;;;; diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el"
6277 ;;;;;; (20721 17977 14204 0))
6278 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6280 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6281 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6283 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6285 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6286 The command to use to run diff.")
6288 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6290 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6291 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6292 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6293 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6294 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6295 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6297 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6298 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6299 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6301 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6303 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6304 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6305 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6306 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6307 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6308 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6310 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6312 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6313 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6315 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6317 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6318 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6319 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6321 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6323 ;;;***
6324 \f
6325 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6326 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
6327 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6329 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6330 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6331 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6332 normal diffs.
6334 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6335 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6336 headers for you on-the-fly.
6344 \(fn)" t nil)
6346 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6347 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6348 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6349 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6350 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6356 ;;;***
6357 \f
6358 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6359 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6361 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6362 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6363 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6365 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6367 ;;;***
6368 \f
6369 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6370 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20731 53823
6371 ;;;;;; 676680 0))
6372 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6374 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6375 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6376 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6377 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6378 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6379 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6380 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6381 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6383 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6385 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6386 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6387 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6388 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6389 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6390 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6392 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6394 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6395 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6396 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6397 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6398 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6399 list of files to make directory entries for.
6404 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6406 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6407 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6409 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6412 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6413 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6415 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6418 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6420 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6421 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6423 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6425 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6428 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6431 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6434 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6436 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6439 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6440 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6441 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6442 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6444 to see why something went wrong.
6449 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6456 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6457 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6460 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6462 again for the directory tree.
6465 for more info):
6467 `dired-listing-switches'
6468 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6469 `dired-marker-char'
6470 `dired-del-marker'
6471 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6472 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6473 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6474 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6478 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6479 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6480 `dired-mode-hook'
6481 `dired-load-hook'
6483 Keybindings:
6486 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6487 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6489 ;;;***
6490 \f
6491 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6492 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
6493 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6495 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6496 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6497 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6498 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6499 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6501 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6502 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6503 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6505 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6506 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6507 directory.
6509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6511 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6512 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6513 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6514 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6515 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6516 from `default-directory'.
6518 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6520 ;;;***
6521 \f
6522 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20709
6523 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
6524 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6526 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6527 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6528 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6529 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6530 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6531 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6533 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6535 ;;;***
6536 \f
6537 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6538 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6539 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6540 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6541 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6542 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6543 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6545 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6546 Return a new, empty display table.
6548 \(fn)" nil nil)
6550 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6551 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6552 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6553 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6554 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6556 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6558 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6559 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6560 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6561 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6562 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6564 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6566 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6567 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6569 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6571 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6572 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6574 \(fn)" t nil)
6576 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6577 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6579 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6580 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6582 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6583 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6584 byte.
6586 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6587 in the default way after this call.
6589 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6591 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6592 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6594 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6596 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6597 Display character C using printable string S.
6599 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6601 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6602 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6603 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6604 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6606 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6608 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6609 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6610 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6611 X frame.
6613 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6615 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6616 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6618 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6620 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6621 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6623 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6625 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6626 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6628 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6630 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6631 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6633 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6635 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6636 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6638 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6640 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6641 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6643 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6644 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6646 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6647 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6649 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6650 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6651 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6652 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6654 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6655 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6656 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6657 in `.emacs'.
6659 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6661 ;;;***
6662 \f
6663 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6664 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
6665 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6667 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6668 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6669 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6670 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6671 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6672 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6673 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6674 Default is 2.
6676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6678 ;;;***
6679 \f
6680 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20709 26818
6681 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6682 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6684 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6685 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6686 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6687 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6688 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6689 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6690 private or ask).
6691 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6692 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6693 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6694 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6695 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6697 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6699 ;;;***
6700 \f
6701 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6702 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6703 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6705 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6706 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6707 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6708 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6709 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6710 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6711 table and its own syntax table.
6713 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6715 \(fn)" t nil)
6716 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6718 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6719 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6721 \(fn)" t nil)
6723 ;;;***
6724 \f
6725 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6726 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20737
6727 ;;;;;; 6202 609148 0))
6728 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6730 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6731 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6732 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6733 OpenDocument format).
6735 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6737 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6738 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6740 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6741 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6744 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6747 \(fn)" t nil)
6749 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6750 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6751 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6752 to the next best mode.
6754 \(fn)" nil nil)
6756 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6757 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6758 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6759 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6760 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6762 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6766 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6769 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6771 ;;;***
6772 \f
6773 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20709 26818
6774 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6775 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6777 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6778 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6780 \(fn)" t nil)
6782 ;;;***
6783 \f
6784 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20709 26818
6785 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6786 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6788 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6789 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6790 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6791 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6792 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6794 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6795 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6799 ;;;***
6800 \f
6801 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20709 26818
6802 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6803 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6805 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6806 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6808 \(fn)" t nil)
6810 ;;;***
6811 \f
6812 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6813 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6814 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6815 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6817 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6819 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6820 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6821 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6822 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6823 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6825 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6826 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6827 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6828 and disables it otherwise.
6830 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6831 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6832 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6833 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6835 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6836 documenting what its argument does.
6838 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6839 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6840 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6841 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6842 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6843 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6844 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6845 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6847 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6848 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6849 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6850 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6851 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6852 mode is global):
6854 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6856 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6857 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6858 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6859 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6860 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6861 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6862 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6863 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6864 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6865 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6866 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6867 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6868 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6869 with the CL macro `setf'. PLACE can also be of the form
6870 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6871 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6872 the new state, and sets it. If you specify a :variable,
6873 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6874 the terms used in :variable).
6875 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6876 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6878 For example, you could write
6881 ...BODY CODE...)
6883 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6885 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6887 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6889 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6891 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6892 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6893 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6894 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6895 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6896 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6897 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6898 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6899 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6900 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6901 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6902 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6904 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6905 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6906 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6907 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6908 call another major mode in their body.
6910 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6912 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6914 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6915 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6916 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6917 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6918 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6919 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6920 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6922 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6924 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6925 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6926 :inherit Parent keymap.
6927 :group Ignored.
6928 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6929 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6931 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6933 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6934 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6935 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6936 the constant's documentation.
6938 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6940 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6941 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6942 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6944 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6946 ;;;***
6947 \f
6948 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6949 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20709
6950 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
6951 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6953 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6954 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6955 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6956 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6958 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6959 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6960 as a top-level menu bar item.
6962 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6963 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6964 pairs:
6966 :filter FUNCTION
6967 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6968 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6969 items to actually display.
6971 :visible INCLUDE
6972 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6973 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6974 alias for `:visible'.
6976 :active ENABLE
6977 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6978 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6979 an alias for `:active'.
6981 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6982 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6984 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6986 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6988 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6989 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6991 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6992 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6994 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6996 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6998 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6999 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7001 :keys KEYS
7002 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7003 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7004 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7005 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7007 :key-sequence KEYS
7008 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7009 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7010 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7011 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7013 :active ENABLE
7014 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7015 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7016 alias for `:active'.
7018 :visible INCLUDE
7019 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7020 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7021 `:visible'.
7023 :label FORM
7024 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7025 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7027 :suffix FORM
7028 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7029 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7031 :style STYLE
7032 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7033 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7034 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7036 :selected SELECTED
7037 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7038 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7040 :help HELP
7041 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7043 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7044 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7045 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7047 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7048 MENU. This is a submenu.
7050 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7052 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7054 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7057 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7059 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7060 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7061 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7062 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7064 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7066 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7067 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7068 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7069 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7070 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7071 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7073 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7074 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7075 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7077 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7078 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7079 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7081 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7082 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7084 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7086 ;;;***
7087 \f
7088 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7089 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7090 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7091 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7092 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7093 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7094 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7095 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
7096 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7098 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7099 Customization for ebnf group.
7101 \(fn)" t nil)
7103 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7104 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7106 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7108 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7109 processed.
7111 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7113 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7115 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7116 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7118 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7119 killed after process termination.
7121 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7123 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7125 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7126 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7128 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7129 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7130 it to the printer.
7132 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7133 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7134 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7135 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7137 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7139 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7140 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7141 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7143 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7145 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7146 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7148 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7150 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7151 processed.
7153 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7155 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7157 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7158 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7160 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7161 killed after process termination.
7163 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7165 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7167 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7168 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7169 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7170 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7172 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7174 \(fn)" t nil)
7176 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7177 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7178 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7180 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7182 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7184 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7185 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7187 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7189 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7190 processed.
7192 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7194 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7196 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7197 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7199 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7200 killed after EPS generation.
7202 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7204 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7206 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7207 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7209 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7210 The EPS file name has the following form:
7212 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7214 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7217 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7218 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7219 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7223 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7224 files.
7226 \(fn)" t nil)
7228 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7229 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7231 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7232 The EPS file name has the following form:
7234 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7236 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7239 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7240 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7241 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7245 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7246 files.
7248 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7250 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7252 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7253 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7255 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7257 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7258 are processed.
7260 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7262 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7264 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7265 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7267 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7268 killed after syntax checking.
7270 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7272 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7274 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7275 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7277 \(fn)" t nil)
7279 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7280 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7282 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7284 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7285 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7287 \(fn)" nil nil)
7289 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7290 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7292 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7294 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7296 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7297 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7299 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7301 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7303 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7304 Delete style NAME.
7306 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7308 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7310 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7311 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7313 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7315 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Set STYLE as the current style.
7320 Returns the old style symbol.
7322 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7324 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7326 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7327 Reset current style.
7329 Returns the old style symbol.
7331 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7333 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7335 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7336 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7338 Returns the old style symbol.
7340 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7342 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7344 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7346 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7347 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7349 Returns the old style symbol.
7351 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7353 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7355 \(fn)" t nil)
7357 ;;;***
7358 \f
7359 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7360 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7361 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7362 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7363 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7364 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7365 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7366 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7367 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7368 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7369 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20709
7370 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
7371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7373 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7374 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7375 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7376 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7377 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7380 Tree mode key bindings:
7383 \(fn)" t nil)
7385 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7386 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7388 \(fn)" t nil)
7390 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7391 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7393 \(fn)" t nil)
7395 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7396 View declaration of member at point.
7398 \(fn)" t nil)
7400 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7401 Find declaration of member at point.
7403 \(fn)" t nil)
7405 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7406 View definition of member at point.
7408 \(fn)" t nil)
7410 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7411 Find definition of member at point.
7413 \(fn)" t nil)
7415 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7416 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7418 \(fn)" t nil)
7420 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7421 View definition of member at point in other window.
7423 \(fn)" t nil)
7425 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7426 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7428 \(fn)" t nil)
7430 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7431 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7433 \(fn)" t nil)
7435 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7436 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7438 \(fn)" t nil)
7440 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7441 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7443 \(fn)" t nil)
7445 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7446 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7447 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7448 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7449 completion.
7451 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7453 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7454 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7455 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7456 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7458 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7460 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7461 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7462 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7463 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7465 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7467 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7468 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7469 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7471 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7473 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7474 Search for call sites of a member.
7475 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7476 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7477 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7478 looks like a function call to the member.
7480 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7482 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7483 Move backward in the position stack.
7484 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7486 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7488 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7489 Move forward in the position stack.
7490 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7492 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7494 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7495 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7497 \(fn)" t nil)
7499 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7500 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7502 \(fn)" t nil)
7504 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7505 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7506 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7507 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7509 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7512 Display statistics for a class tree.
7514 \(fn)" t nil)
7516 ;;;***
7517 \f
7518 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7519 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
7520 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7522 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7524 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7526 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7527 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7528 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7530 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7533 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7534 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7535 also has this effect.
7537 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7547 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7549 ;;;***
7550 \f
7551 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7552 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
7553 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7555 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7556 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7557 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7559 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7561 ;;;***
7562 \f
7563 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7564 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
7565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7567 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7570 \(fn)" nil nil)
7572 ;;;***
7573 \f
7574 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20709 26818
7575 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7576 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7578 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7579 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7580 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7581 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7582 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7583 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7585 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7587 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7588 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7589 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7590 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7591 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7593 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7594 an EDE controlled project.
7596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7598 ;;;***
7599 \f
7600 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7601 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7602 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
7603 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7605 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7606 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7607 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7608 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7609 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7611 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7612 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7613 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7614 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7616 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7618 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7619 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7620 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7621 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7623 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7625 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7626 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7627 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7628 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7630 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7632 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7634 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7635 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7636 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7637 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7638 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7640 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7641 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7642 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7643 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7644 instrumented for Edebug.
7646 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7647 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7648 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7649 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7650 already is one.)
7652 \(fn)" t nil)
7654 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7655 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7657 \(fn)" t nil)
7659 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7660 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7662 \(fn)" t nil)
7664 ;;;***
7665 \f
7666 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7667 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7668 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7669 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7670 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7671 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7672 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7673 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7674 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7675 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20709 26818
7676 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7677 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7679 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7680 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7682 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7684 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7685 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7687 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7689 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7691 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7693 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7694 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7695 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7696 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7698 \(fn)" t nil)
7700 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7701 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7702 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7703 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7705 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7707 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7708 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7710 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7712 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7714 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7715 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7717 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7719 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7721 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7722 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7723 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7724 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7726 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7728 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7730 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7731 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7732 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7733 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7735 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7737 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7739 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7740 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7741 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7742 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7744 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7746 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7748 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7749 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7750 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7751 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7753 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7755 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7757 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7758 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7759 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7760 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7761 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7762 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7764 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7766 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7767 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7768 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7769 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7771 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7773 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7775 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7776 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7777 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7778 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7780 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7782 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7784 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7786 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7787 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7788 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7789 follows:
7790 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7791 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7793 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7795 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7796 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7797 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7798 follows:
7799 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7800 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7802 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7804 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7805 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7806 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7807 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7808 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7810 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7812 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7813 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7814 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7815 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7816 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7817 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7819 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7821 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7823 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7824 Merge two files without ancestor.
7826 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7828 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7829 Merge two files with ancestor.
7831 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7833 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7835 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7836 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7838 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7840 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7841 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7843 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7845 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7846 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7847 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7848 buffer.
7850 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7852 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7853 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7854 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7855 buffer.
7857 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7859 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7860 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7861 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7862 and don't ask the user.
7863 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7864 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7866 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7868 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7869 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7870 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7871 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7872 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7873 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7874 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7875 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7877 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7879 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7881 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7883 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7884 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7885 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7886 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7887 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7889 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7891 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7893 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7894 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7895 When called interactively, displays the version.
7897 \(fn)" t nil)
7899 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7900 Display Ediff's manual.
7901 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7903 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7905 ;;;***
7906 \f
7907 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7908 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
7909 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7911 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7914 \(fn)" t nil)
7916 ;;;***
7917 \f
7918 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7919 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
7920 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7922 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7923 Display Ediff's registry.
7925 \(fn)" t nil)
7927 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7929 ;;;***
7930 \f
7931 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7932 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
7933 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7935 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7936 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7937 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7938 which see.
7940 \(fn)" t nil)
7942 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7943 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7944 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7945 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7947 \(fn)" t nil)
7949 ;;;***
7950 \f
7951 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7952 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7953 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
7954 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7956 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7957 Edit a keyboard macro.
7958 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7959 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7960 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7961 its command name.
7962 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7964 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7966 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7967 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7969 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7971 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7972 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7974 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7976 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7977 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7979 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7983 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7984 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7985 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7986 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7988 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7990 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7991 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7992 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7993 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7994 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7995 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7997 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7999 ;;;***
8000 \f
8001 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8002 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8003 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8005 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8006 Set scroll margins.
8007 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8008 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8010 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8012 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8013 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8015 \(fn)" t nil)
8017 ;;;***
8018 \f
8019 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8020 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
8021 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8023 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8025 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8026 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8027 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8028 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8029 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8031 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8032 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8035 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8036 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8037 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8039 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8040 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8041 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8043 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8044 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8045 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8047 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8049 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8052 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8054 ;;;***
8055 \f
8056 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-object) "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8057 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
8058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8060 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8061 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8062 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8064 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8066 ;;;***
8067 \f
8068 ;;;### (autoloads (eieio-describe-generic eieio-describe-constructor
8069 ;;;;;; eieio-describe-class eieio-browse) "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
8070 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
8071 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8073 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8074 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8075 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8076 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8078 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8079 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8081 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8082 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8083 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8084 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8086 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8088 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8089 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8090 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8092 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8093 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8095 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8096 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8097 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8099 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8101 ;;;***
8102 \f
8103 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8104 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8105 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8107 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8108 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8110 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8112 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8113 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8114 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8115 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8116 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8118 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8119 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8120 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8121 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8122 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8123 expression point is on.
8125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8127 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8128 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8130 \(fn)" t nil)
8132 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8133 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8134 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8135 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8136 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8137 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8138 arg list.
8140 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8141 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8142 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8143 effect.
8145 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8146 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8148 ;;;***
8149 \f
8150 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8151 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8152 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8154 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8155 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8157 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8158 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8159 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8160 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8161 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8162 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8164 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8166 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8167 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8168 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8169 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8170 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8172 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8173 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8174 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8178 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8179 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8180 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8181 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8182 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8183 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8185 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8187 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8188 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8189 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8190 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8191 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8193 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8194 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8195 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8197 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8201 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8202 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8203 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8204 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8205 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8206 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8208 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8210 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8211 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8212 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8213 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8214 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8215 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8219 ;;;***
8220 \f
8221 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20709
8222 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8223 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8225 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8226 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8228 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8229 an elided material again.
8231 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8235 ;;;***
8236 \f
8237 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8238 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8239 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
8240 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8242 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8243 Lint the file FILE.
8245 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8247 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8248 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8249 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8251 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8253 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8254 Lint the current buffer.
8255 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8257 \(fn)" t nil)
8259 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8260 Lint the function at point.
8261 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8263 \(fn)" t nil)
8265 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8266 Initialize elint.
8267 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8268 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8270 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8272 ;;;***
8273 \f
8274 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8275 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20709
8276 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8277 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8279 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8280 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8281 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8283 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8285 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8286 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8287 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8288 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8290 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8292 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8293 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8294 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8298 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8300 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8301 Display current profiling results.
8302 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8303 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8304 displayed.
8306 \(fn)" t nil)
8308 ;;;***
8309 \f
8310 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8311 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
8312 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8314 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8315 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8316 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8317 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8318 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8319 ARG is omitted or nil.
8321 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8322 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8323 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8324 used instead.
8326 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8328 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8329 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8330 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8332 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8336 ;;;***
8337 \f
8338 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8339 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
8340 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8342 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8343 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8344 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8346 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8348 ;;;***
8349 \f
8350 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8351 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8352 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8353 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8354 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
8355 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8357 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8358 Run Emerge on two files.
8360 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8362 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8363 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8365 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8367 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8368 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8370 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8372 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8373 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8375 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8377 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8380 \(fn)" nil nil)
8382 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8385 \(fn)" nil nil)
8387 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8390 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8392 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8395 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8397 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8398 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8400 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8402 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8403 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8405 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8407 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8410 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8412 ;;;***
8413 \f
8414 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8415 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8416 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8418 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8419 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8420 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8421 text/enriched format.
8423 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8424 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8425 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8427 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8429 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8430 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8432 Commands:
8436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8438 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8441 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8443 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8446 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8448 ;;;***
8449 \f
8450 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8451 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8452 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8453 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8454 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8455 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20709
8456 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8457 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8459 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8460 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8462 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8464 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8465 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8467 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8469 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8470 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8471 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8472 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8473 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8474 the keys are listed.
8475 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8477 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8479 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8480 Decrypt FILE.
8482 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8484 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8485 Verify FILE.
8487 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8489 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8490 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8492 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8494 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8495 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8497 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8499 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8500 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8502 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8503 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8504 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8505 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8507 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8508 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8509 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8510 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8511 should consider using the string based counterpart
8512 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8513 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8515 For example:
8517 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8518 (decode-coding-string
8519 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8520 'utf-8))
8522 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8524 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8525 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8527 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8528 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8530 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8532 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8533 Verify the current region between START and END.
8535 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8536 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8537 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8538 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8539 should consider using the string based counterpart
8540 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8541 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8543 For example:
8545 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8546 (decode-coding-string
8547 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8548 'utf-8))
8550 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8552 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8553 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8554 between START and END.
8556 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8557 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8559 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8561 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8562 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8564 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8565 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8566 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8567 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8568 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8569 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8571 For example:
8573 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8574 (epg-sign-string
8575 context
8576 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8578 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8580 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8581 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8583 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8584 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8585 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8586 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8587 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8588 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8590 For example:
8592 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8593 (epg-encrypt-string
8594 context
8595 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8596 nil))
8598 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8600 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8601 Delete selected KEYS.
8603 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8605 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8606 Import keys from FILE.
8608 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8610 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8611 Import keys from the region.
8613 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8615 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8616 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8617 between START and END.
8619 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8621 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8622 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8624 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8626 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8627 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8629 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8631 ;;;***
8632 \f
8633 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8634 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20709 26818
8635 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8636 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8638 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8639 Decrypt marked files.
8641 \(fn)" t nil)
8643 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8644 Verify marked files.
8646 \(fn)" t nil)
8648 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8649 Sign marked files.
8651 \(fn)" t nil)
8653 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8654 Encrypt marked files.
8656 \(fn)" t nil)
8658 ;;;***
8659 \f
8660 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8661 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8662 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8664 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8667 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8669 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8672 \(fn)" t nil)
8674 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8677 \(fn)" t nil)
8679 ;;;***
8680 \f
8681 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8682 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8683 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8684 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8686 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8687 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8689 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8690 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8694 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8695 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8696 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8698 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8700 \(fn)" t nil)
8702 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8703 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8704 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8706 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8708 \(fn)" t nil)
8710 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8711 Sign the current buffer.
8712 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8714 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8716 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8718 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8719 Encrypt the current buffer.
8720 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8722 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8724 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8726 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8727 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8728 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8730 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8732 \(fn)" t nil)
8734 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8735 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8736 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8737 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8738 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8739 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8741 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8743 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8744 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8745 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8746 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8747 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8751 ;;;***
8752 \f
8753 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20712 3008 596088
8754 ;;;;;; 0))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8757 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8758 Return a context object.
8760 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8762 ;;;***
8763 \f
8764 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8765 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8766 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8768 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8769 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8771 \(fn)" nil nil)
8773 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8774 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8776 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8778 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8779 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8781 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8783 ;;;***
8784 \f
8785 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8786 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8787 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8789 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8790 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8792 \(fn)" nil nil)
8794 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8795 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8796 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8798 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8800 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8801 (server (erc-compute-server))
8802 (port (erc-compute-port))
8803 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8804 password
8805 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8807 That is, if called with
8811 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8812 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8813 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8815 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8817 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8819 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8820 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8821 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8823 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8825 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8826 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8827 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8828 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8830 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8832 ;;;***
8833 \f
8834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20709
8835 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8836 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8837 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8839 ;;;***
8840 \f
8841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20709 26818
8842 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8843 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8844 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8846 ;;;***
8847 \f
8848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20709 26818
8849 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8850 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8851 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8853 ;;;***
8854 \f
8855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20709 26818
8856 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8857 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8858 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8860 ;;;***
8861 \f
8862 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8863 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20719 62656 824443 0))
8864 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8865 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8867 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8868 Parser for /dcc command.
8869 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8871 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8873 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8875 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8876 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8878 \(fn)" nil nil)
8880 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8881 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8883 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8884 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8885 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8886 that subcommand.
8888 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8890 ;;;***
8891 \f
8892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8893 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
8894 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8895 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8897 ;;;***
8898 \f
8899 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8900 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8901 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8902 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8903 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8906 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8907 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8909 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8911 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8912 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8913 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8914 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8916 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8918 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8921 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8923 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8924 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8926 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8928 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8929 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8931 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8933 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8934 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8936 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8938 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8939 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8941 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8943 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8944 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8946 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8948 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8949 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8951 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8953 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8954 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8956 \(fn)" nil nil)
8958 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8959 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8961 \(fn)" nil nil)
8963 ;;;***
8964 \f
8965 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20709
8966 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8967 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8968 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8970 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8971 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8972 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8974 \(fn)" nil nil)
8976 ;;;***
8977 \f
8978 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8979 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8980 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8981 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8983 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8984 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8985 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8986 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8987 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8988 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8989 system.
8991 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8993 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8996 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8998 ;;;***
8999 \f
9000 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9001 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9004 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9007 \(fn)" nil nil)
9009 ;;;***
9010 \f
9011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20709 26818 907104
9012 ;;;;;; 0))
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9014 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9016 ;;;***
9017 \f
9018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20709 26818 907104
9019 ;;;;;; 0))
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9021 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9023 ;;;***
9024 \f
9025 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9026 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9027 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9028 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9030 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9031 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9032 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9033 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9034 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9035 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9037 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9039 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9040 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9041 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9042 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9044 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9045 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9046 automatically.
9048 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9049 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9051 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9053 ;;;***
9054 \f
9055 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9056 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9057 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9058 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9059 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9060 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9062 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9063 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9065 \(fn)" t nil)
9067 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9068 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9070 \(fn)" t nil)
9072 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9073 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9075 \(fn)" t nil)
9077 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9078 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9080 \(fn)" t nil)
9082 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9083 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9085 \(fn)" t nil)
9087 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9088 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9090 \(fn)" t nil)
9092 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9093 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9095 \(fn)" t nil)
9097 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9098 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9100 \(fn)" t nil)
9102 ;;;***
9103 \f
9104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20709 26818 907104
9105 ;;;;;; 0))
9106 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9107 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9109 ;;;***
9110 \f
9111 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9112 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9113 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9114 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9116 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9117 Show who's gone.
9119 \(fn)" nil nil)
9121 ;;;***
9122 \f
9123 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9124 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9125 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9127 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9129 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9130 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9132 \(fn)" nil nil)
9134 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9135 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9137 \(fn)" t nil)
9139 ;;;***
9140 \f
9141 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9142 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9143 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9144 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9146 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9147 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9148 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9149 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9151 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9153 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9156 \(fn)" nil nil)
9158 ;;;***
9159 \f
9160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20709 26818 907104
9161 ;;;;;; 0))
9162 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9163 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9165 ;;;***
9166 \f
9167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20709
9168 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9170 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9172 ;;;***
9173 \f
9174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20709 26818
9175 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9177 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9179 ;;;***
9180 \f
9181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20709 26818 907104
9182 ;;;;;; 0))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9184 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9186 ;;;***
9187 \f
9188 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9189 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20709 26818 907104
9190 ;;;;;; 0))
9191 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9192 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9194 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9195 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9197 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9199 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9201 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9203 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9205 ;;;***
9206 \f
9207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20709 26818
9208 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9209 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9210 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9212 ;;;***
9213 \f
9214 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9215 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9216 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9218 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9219 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9220 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9222 \(fn)" t nil)
9224 ;;;***
9225 \f
9226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20709
9227 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9228 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9229 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9231 ;;;***
9232 \f
9233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20709 26818
9234 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9235 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9236 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9238 ;;;***
9239 \f
9240 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9241 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9242 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9244 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9245 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9246 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9248 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9250 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9251 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9252 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9253 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9254 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9256 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9257 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9258 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9259 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9262 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9264 ;;;***
9265 \f
9266 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9267 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20709 26818 907104
9268 ;;;;;; 0))
9269 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9270 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9272 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9273 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9274 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9275 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9277 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9279 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9280 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9281 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9283 \(fn)" t nil)
9285 ;;;***
9286 \f
9287 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9288 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9289 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9290 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9292 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9293 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9295 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9297 ;;;***
9298 \f
9299 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9300 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9301 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20719 62656 824443 0))
9302 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9304 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9305 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9307 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9308 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9310 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9311 assertions in BODY.
9313 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9315 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9316 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9317 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9319 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9321 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9323 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9325 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9326 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9328 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9329 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9333 Returns the stats object.
9335 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9337 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9338 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9340 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9341 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9342 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9343 the tests).
9345 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9347 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9348 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9350 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9351 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9352 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9353 and how to display message.
9355 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9357 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9359 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9360 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9362 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9364 ;;;***
9365 \f
9366 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9367 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9370 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9372 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9373 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9375 \(fn)" t nil)
9377 ;;;***
9378 \f
9379 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20709
9380 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9381 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9383 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9384 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9388 \(fn)" nil nil)
9390 ;;;***
9391 \f
9392 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9393 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9394 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9396 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9397 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9398 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9399 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9400 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9401 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9402 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9403 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9404 buffer selected (or created).
9406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9408 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9409 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9410 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9412 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9414 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9415 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9416 The result might be any Lisp object.
9417 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9418 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9419 corresponding to a successful execution.
9421 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9423 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9425 ;;;***
9426 \f
9427 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9428 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9429 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9430 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9431 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9432 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9433 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9434 ;;;;;; (20731 53823 676680 0))
9435 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9437 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9438 File name of tags table.
9439 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9440 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9441 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9442 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9443 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9445 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9446 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9447 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9448 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9450 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9452 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9453 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9455 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9456 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9457 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9459 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9461 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9462 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9463 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9465 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9467 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9468 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9469 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9470 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9471 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9473 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9475 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9480 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9482 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9484 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9485 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9486 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9488 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9490 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9491 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9493 \(fn)" t nil)
9495 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9496 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9497 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9498 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9501 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9503 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9504 file the tag was in.
9506 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9508 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9509 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9510 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9511 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9512 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9513 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9514 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9515 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9516 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9518 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9520 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9521 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9522 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9523 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9524 without directory names.
9526 \(fn)" nil nil)
9527 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9528 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9529 (progn
9530 (load "etags")
9531 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9533 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9534 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9535 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9536 but does not select the buffer.
9537 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9539 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9540 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9541 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9542 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9545 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9547 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9549 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9551 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9553 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9555 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9556 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9557 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9558 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9560 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9561 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9562 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9563 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9566 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9568 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9570 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9572 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9574 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9575 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9577 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9578 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9579 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9580 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9581 around or before point.
9583 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9584 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9585 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9586 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9589 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9591 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9593 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9595 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9597 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9598 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9600 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9601 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9602 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9603 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9604 around or before point.
9606 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9607 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9608 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9609 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9612 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9614 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9616 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9618 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9620 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9621 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9623 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9624 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9625 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9627 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9628 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9629 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9630 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9633 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9635 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9637 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9639 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9641 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9642 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9643 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9645 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9649 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9650 where they were found.
9652 \(fn)" t nil)
9654 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9655 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9657 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9658 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9659 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9661 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9662 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9664 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9665 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9667 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9669 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9671 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9672 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9674 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9675 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9676 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9677 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9678 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9680 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9681 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9683 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9684 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9685 Stops when a match is found.
9688 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9689 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9690 restricted to these files.
9692 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9694 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9696 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9697 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9698 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9701 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9702 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9703 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9705 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9706 produce the list of files to search.
9708 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9710 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9712 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9713 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9714 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9715 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9716 directory specification.
9718 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9720 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9721 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9723 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9725 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9726 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9727 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9728 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9730 \(fn)" t nil)
9732 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9733 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9734 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9735 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9738 \(fn)" t nil)
9740 ;;;***
9741 \f
9742 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9743 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9744 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9745 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9746 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9747 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9748 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9749 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9750 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9752 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9755 \(fn)" nil nil)
9757 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9758 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9760 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9761 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9763 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9764 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9765 primary language.
9767 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9768 even if the buffer is read-only.
9770 See also the descriptions of the variables
9771 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9773 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9775 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9776 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9778 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9779 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9781 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9782 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9783 primary language.
9785 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9786 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9788 See also the descriptions of the variables
9789 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9791 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9793 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9795 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9798 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9800 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9801 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9802 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9803 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9805 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9806 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9807 primary language.
9809 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9810 buffer is read-only.
9812 See also the descriptions of the variables
9813 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9814 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9816 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9818 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9819 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9821 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9822 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9824 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9825 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9826 the primary language.
9828 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9829 buffer is read-only.
9831 See also the descriptions of the variables
9832 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9833 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9835 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9837 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9841 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9843 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9844 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9846 \(fn)" t nil)
9848 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9849 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9851 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9852 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9853 be 1, 2, or 3.
9855 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9856 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9857 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9859 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9861 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9863 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9864 This function is deprecated.
9866 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9868 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9869 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9871 \(fn)" t nil)
9873 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9874 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9876 \(fn)" t nil)
9878 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9879 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9882 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9884 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9885 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9887 \(fn)" nil nil)
9889 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9890 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9892 \(fn)" nil nil)
9894 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9895 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9897 \(fn)" nil nil)
9899 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9900 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9902 \(fn)" nil nil)
9904 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9905 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9906 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9908 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9910 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9913 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9915 ;;;***
9916 \f
9917 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9918 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9919 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9920 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9922 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9923 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9924 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9925 server for future sessions.
9927 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9929 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9930 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9931 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9933 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9935 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9936 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9937 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9939 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9941 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9942 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9943 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9944 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9945 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9946 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9947 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9948 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9949 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9950 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9951 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9952 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9954 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9956 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9957 Display a form to query the directory server.
9958 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9959 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9961 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9963 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9964 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9965 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9967 \(fn)" t nil)
9969 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9971 ;;;***
9972 \f
9973 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9974 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9975 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9976 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9979 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9984 Display URL and make it clickable.
9989 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9994 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9999 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10004 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10008 ;;;***
10009 \f
10010 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10011 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10012 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10015 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10016 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10021 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10025 ;;;***
10026 \f
10027 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10028 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
10029 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10032 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10036 ;;;***
10037 \f
10038 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20709
10039 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
10040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10043 Create an empty ewoc.
10045 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10047 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10048 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10049 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10050 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10051 `insert-before-markers'.
10053 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10054 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10055 respectively, of the ewoc.
10057 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10058 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10059 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10063 ;;;***
10064 \f
10065 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10066 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10067 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10068 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
10069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10072 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10078 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10080 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10081 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10086 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10087 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10088 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10089 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10090 executable.
10095 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10096 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10101 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10102 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10103 file modes.
10107 ;;;***
10108 \f
10109 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10110 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10111 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
10112 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10115 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10116 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10117 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10119 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10121 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10122 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10123 to generate such functions.
10125 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10126 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10127 beginning of the expanded text.
10129 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10130 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10131 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10132 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10134 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10139 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10140 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10145 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10146 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10151 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10152 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10158 ;;;***
10159 \f
10160 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20709 26818
10161 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
10162 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10165 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10166 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10174 Key definitions:
10177 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10179 `f90-do-indent'
10180 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10181 `f90-if-indent'
10182 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10183 `f90-type-indent'
10184 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10185 `f90-program-indent'
10186 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10187 (default 2).
10188 `f90-associate-indent'
10189 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10190 `f90-critical-indent'
10191 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10192 `f90-continuation-indent'
10193 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10194 `f90-comment-region'
10197 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10198 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10200 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10203 `f90-break-delimiters'
10204 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10206 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10207 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10208 (default t).
10209 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10210 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10211 `f90-smart-end'
10212 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10213 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10214 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10215 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10216 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10217 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10218 `f90-leave-line-no'
10219 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10221 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10222 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10226 ;;;***
10227 \f
10228 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10229 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10230 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10231 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20709
10232 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
10233 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10236 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10237 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10238 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10240 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10241 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10242 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10243 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10244 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10246 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10247 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10248 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10249 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10250 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10251 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10252 attributes.
10254 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10255 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10260 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10261 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10262 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10267 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10268 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10269 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10271 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10272 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10273 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10275 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10276 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10277 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10278 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10283 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10284 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10286 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10287 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10288 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10289 the same amount).
10294 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10295 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10297 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10298 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10299 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10300 will remove any scaling currently active.
10305 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10306 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10315 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10317 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10319 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10320 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10322 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10323 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10324 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10326 When adjusting with `+' or `-', continue to read input events and
10327 further adjust the face height as long as the input event read
10328 \(with all modifiers removed) is `+' or `-'.
10330 When adjusting with `0', immediately finish.
10332 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10333 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10334 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10335 will remove any scaling currently active.
10337 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10338 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10339 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10340 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10341 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10346 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10347 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10348 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10349 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10350 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10355 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10356 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10357 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10358 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10359 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10360 `buffer-face-mode'.
10362 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10363 local, and sets it to FACE.
10368 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10369 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10370 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10371 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10372 `face' text property.
10374 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10375 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10376 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10377 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10379 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10380 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10385 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10386 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10387 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10391 ;;;***
10392 \f
10393 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10394 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10395 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20566 63671
10396 ;;;;;; 243798 0))
10397 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10400 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10401 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10402 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10407 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10412 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10413 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10414 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10419 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10420 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10421 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10422 backup file names and the like).
10427 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10428 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10429 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10430 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10431 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10432 internally by feedmail):
10434 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10435 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10436 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10437 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10439 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10440 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10441 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10442 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10443 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10447 ;;;***
10448 \f
10449 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10450 ;;;;;; ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10451 ;;;;;; "ffap.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
10452 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10455 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10456 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10457 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10458 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10459 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10460 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10465 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10466 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10467 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10468 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10469 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10470 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10477 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10478 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10479 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10480 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10481 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10486 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10487 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10488 Return value:
10489 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10490 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10491 * otherwise, nil
10496 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10497 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10502 Try to get a file name at point.
10503 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10508 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10512 ;;;***
10513 \f
10514 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10515 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10516 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10517 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10518 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10521 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10522 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10523 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10528 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10529 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10530 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10531 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10532 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10537 Add FILE to the file cache.
10542 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10543 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10548 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10549 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10554 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10555 This function does not use any external programs.
10556 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10557 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10558 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10563 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10564 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10565 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10566 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10567 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10568 \(directories) is done.
10572 ;;;***
10573 \f
10574 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10575 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10576 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10577 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10578 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20709 26818
10579 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
10580 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10583 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10585 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10586 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10587 Local Variables list.
10589 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10590 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10591 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10596 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10601 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10603 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10604 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10605 the -*- line.
10607 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10608 then this function adds it.
10613 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10618 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10623 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10628 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10633 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10638 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10642 ;;;***
10643 \f
10644 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20709
10645 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
10646 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10649 Filesets initialization.
10650 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10654 ;;;***
10655 \f
10656 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20709 26818
10657 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
10658 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10661 Initiate the building of a find command.
10662 For example:
10669 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10670 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10674 ;;;***
10675 \f
10676 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10677 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10678 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10681 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10682 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10686 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10692 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10693 and run dired on those files.
10694 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10695 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10697 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10702 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10703 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10708 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10713 ;;;***
10714 \f
10715 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10716 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10717 ;;;;;; "find-file" "find-file.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10718 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10720 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10721 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10722 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10723 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10724 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10725 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10731 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10732 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10734 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10741 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10742 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10744 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10745 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10747 Variables of interest include:
10749 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10750 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10751 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10753 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10754 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10755 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10757 - `ff-ignore-include'
10758 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10760 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10761 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10763 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10764 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10766 - `ff-special-constructs'
10767 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10768 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10769 extracting the filename from that construct.
10771 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10772 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10774 - `ff-search-directories'
10775 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10776 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10778 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10779 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10781 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10782 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10784 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10785 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10787 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10788 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10790 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10791 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10796 Visit the file you click on.
10801 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10805 ;;;***
10806 \f
10807 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10808 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10809 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10810 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10811 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10812 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10813 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10814 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10817 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10818 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10823 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10824 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10825 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10827 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10828 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10829 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10830 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10835 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10837 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10838 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10839 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10840 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10842 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10843 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10844 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10846 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10847 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10848 in `load-path'.
10853 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10855 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10856 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10857 places point before the definition.
10858 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10860 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10861 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10862 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10867 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10869 See `find-function' for more details.
10874 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10876 See `find-function' for more details.
10881 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10883 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10884 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10885 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10887 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10888 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10893 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10895 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10896 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10897 places point before the definition.
10899 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10901 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10902 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10903 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10908 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10910 See `find-variable' for more details.
10915 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10917 See `find-variable' for more details.
10922 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10923 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10924 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10925 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10926 buffer nor display it.
10928 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10929 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10934 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10936 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10937 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10938 places point before the definition.
10940 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10942 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10943 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10944 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10949 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10950 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10955 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10960 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10965 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10969 ;;;***
10970 \f
10971 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10972 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20709 26818
10973 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
10974 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10977 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10982 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10987 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10991 ;;;***
10992 \f
10993 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10994 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10995 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10998 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11003 Display FILE's commentary section.
11004 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11009 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11013 ;;;***
11014 \f
11015 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11016 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11017 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11020 Toggle flow control handling.
11022 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11027 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11029 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11031 to get the effect of a C-q.
11035 ;;;***
11036 \f
11037 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11038 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11051 ;;;***
11052 \f
11053 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11054 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20717 20920
11055 ;;;;;; 410005 0))
11056 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11059 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11060 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11061 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11062 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11067 Turn flymake mode on.
11072 Turn flymake mode off.
11081 ;;;***
11082 \f
11083 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11084 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11085 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
11086 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11089 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11095 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11096 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11097 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11098 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11100 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11101 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11102 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11104 Bindings:
11110 Hooks:
11111 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11113 Remark:
11114 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11115 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11116 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11118 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11119 consider adding:
11120 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11121 in your init file.
11129 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11134 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11139 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11144 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11149 Flyspell whole buffer.
11153 ;;;***
11154 \f
11155 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11156 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11157 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11158 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11161 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11166 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11171 Toggle Follow mode.
11172 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11173 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11174 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11176 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11177 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11179 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11180 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11181 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11183 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11184 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11185 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11186 movement commands.
11188 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11189 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11190 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11191 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11192 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11193 mileage may vary).
11195 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11198 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11200 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11202 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11208 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11210 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11211 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11212 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11213 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11214 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11215 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11217 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11218 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11219 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11223 ;;;***
11224 \f
11225 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20709
11226 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
11227 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11230 Toggle Footnote mode.
11231 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11232 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11233 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11235 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11236 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11237 play around with the following keys:
11242 ;;;***
11243 \f
11244 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11245 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11246 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11249 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11251 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11252 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11253 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11254 C-c < forms-first-record <
11255 C-c > forms-last-record >
11256 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11257 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11258 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11259 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11260 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11261 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11262 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11263 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11264 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11265 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11270 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11275 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11279 ;;;***
11280 \f
11281 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11282 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11283 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11286 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11287 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11290 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11294 Key definitions:
11297 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11299 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11301 `fortran-do-indent'
11302 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11303 `fortran-if-indent'
11304 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11305 `fortran-structure-indent'
11306 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11307 (default 3)
11308 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11309 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11310 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11311 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11312 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11313 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11314 nil don't change the indentation
11315 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11316 value of either
11317 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11318 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11319 depending on the continuation format in use.
11320 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11321 indentation for a line of code.
11322 (default 'fixed)
11323 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11324 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11326 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11327 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11328 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11329 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11330 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11331 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11332 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11333 column 5.
11334 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11336 statements (default nil).
11337 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11339 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11340 `fortran-continuation-string'
11341 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11343 `fortran-comment-region'
11346 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11347 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11348 as typed (default t).
11349 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11350 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11352 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11353 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11357 ;;;***
11358 \f
11359 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11360 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20709 26818
11361 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11362 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11365 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11367 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11368 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11373 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11375 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11376 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11381 Compile fortune file.
11383 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11384 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11389 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11391 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11392 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11393 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11394 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11399 Display a fortune cookie.
11400 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11401 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11402 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11403 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11407 ;;;***
11408 \f
11409 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11410 ;;;;;; (20721 17977 14204 0))
11411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11414 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11420 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11421 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11422 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11423 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11424 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11425 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11430 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11431 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11432 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11434 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11435 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11436 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11440 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11441 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11442 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11443 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11445 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11446 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11447 shown in some of the buffers.
11449 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11451 The following commands help control operation :
11453 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11454 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11456 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11457 detailed description of this mode.
11460 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11461 | GDB Toolbar |
11462 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11463 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11464 | | |
11465 | | |
11466 | | |
11467 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11468 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11469 | | (comint-mode) |
11470 | | |
11471 | | |
11472 | | |
11473 | | |
11474 | | |
11475 | | |
11476 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11477 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11478 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11479 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11480 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11481 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11485 ;;;***
11486 \f
11487 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11488 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20709
11489 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
11490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11493 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11494 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11498 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11500 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11501 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11502 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11503 documentation string instead.
11505 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11506 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11510 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11511 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11512 enders are actually possible.
11514 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11515 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11517 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11518 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11519 `font-lock-keywords'.
11521 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11522 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11523 runs the macro expansion.
11525 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11526 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11527 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11529 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11531 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11538 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11543 Enter generic mode MODE.
11545 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11547 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11549 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11550 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11555 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11556 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11557 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11558 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11559 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11560 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11561 `font-lock-keywords'.
11565 ;;;***
11566 \f
11567 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11568 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11569 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11572 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11574 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11575 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11576 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11580 ;;;***
11581 \f
11582 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11583 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11584 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11585 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11588 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11589 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11594 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11596 Guideline for numbers:
11597 1 - error messages
11598 3 - non-serious error messages
11599 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11600 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11601 9 - messages inside loops.
11606 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11607 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11612 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11617 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11619 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11620 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11622 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11623 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11624 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11626 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11627 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11632 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11636 ;;;***
11637 \f
11638 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11639 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20709 26818
11640 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11641 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11646 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11651 Read network news.
11652 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11653 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11654 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11655 name of an NNTP server to use.
11656 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11657 server.
11662 Read news as a slave.
11667 Pop up a frame to read news.
11668 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11669 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11670 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11671 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11672 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11674 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11675 current display is used.
11680 Read network news.
11681 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11682 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11683 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11687 ;;;***
11688 \f
11689 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11690 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11691 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11692 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11693 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11694 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11695 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11698 Start Gnus unplugged.
11703 Start Gnus plugged.
11708 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11713 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11715 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11716 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11717 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11719 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11720 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11721 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11726 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11731 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11732 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11733 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11734 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11735 supported.
11740 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11741 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11742 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11743 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11744 supported.
11749 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11754 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11755 downloaded into the agent.
11760 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11761 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11762 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11767 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11772 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11777 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11778 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11782 ;;;***
11783 \f
11784 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11785 ;;;;;; (20719 62656 824443 0))
11786 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11789 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11793 ;;;***
11794 \f
11795 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11796 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20709 26818 907104
11797 ;;;;;; 0))
11798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11801 Set a bookmark for this article.
11806 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11811 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11812 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11813 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11814 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11818 ;;;***
11819 \f
11820 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11821 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11822 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20709
11823 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
11824 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11827 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11829 Usage:
11830 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11835 Generate the cache active file.
11840 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11845 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11846 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11847 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11848 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11849 supported.
11854 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11855 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11856 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11857 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11858 supported.
11862 ;;;***
11863 \f
11864 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11865 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11866 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11869 Delay this article by some time.
11870 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11872 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11873 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11875 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11876 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11878 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11879 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11884 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11889 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11890 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11891 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11893 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11894 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11898 ;;;***
11899 \f
11900 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11901 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11902 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11914 ;;;***
11915 \f
11916 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11917 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11921 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11925 ;;;***
11926 \f
11927 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11928 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11929 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11932 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11936 ;;;***
11937 \f
11938 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11939 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11940 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20709
11941 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
11942 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11945 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11950 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11955 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11957 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11958 different input formats.
11963 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11965 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11966 different input formats.
11971 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11972 The PNG is returned as a string.
11977 Convert FILE to a Face.
11978 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11979 726 bytes.
11983 ;;;***
11984 \f
11985 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11986 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20709 26818 907104
11987 ;;;;;; 0))
11988 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11991 Display gravatar in the From header.
11992 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11997 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11998 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12002 ;;;***
12003 \f
12004 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12005 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12009 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12010 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12011 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12016 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12020 ;;;***
12021 \f
12022 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
12023 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12024 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12036 ;;;***
12037 \f
12038 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12039 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12045 Run batched scoring.
12046 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12050 ;;;***
12051 \f
12052 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12053 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12054 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12063 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12064 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12069 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12075 ;;;***
12076 \f
12077 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12078 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12079 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12080 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12083 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12084 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12085 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12086 group parameters.
12088 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12089 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12090 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12091 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12093 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12094 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12095 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12096 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12097 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12098 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12099 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12100 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12101 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12102 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12107 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12108 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12109 nil CATCH-ALL).
12111 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12112 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12117 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12118 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12120 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12125 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12126 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12128 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12130 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12131 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12132 existing groups are considered.
12134 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12135 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12136 returned.
12138 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12139 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12140 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12141 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12142 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12143 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12144 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12145 clauses will be generated.
12147 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12148 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12149 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12150 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12151 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12152 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12154 For example, given the following group parameters:
12156 nnml:mail.bar:
12159 nnml:mail.foo:
12164 nnml:mail.others:
12165 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12177 ;;;***
12178 \f
12179 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12180 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12184 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12185 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12186 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12187 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12188 instead.
12190 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12193 Mail to ADDRESS.
12198 Like `message-reply'.
12202 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12204 ;;;***
12205 \f
12206 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-notifications) "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12207 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12211 Send a notification on new message.
12212 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12213 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12214 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12216 This is typically a function to add in
12217 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12221 ;;;***
12222 \f
12223 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12224 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12225 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12229 Display picons in the From header.
12230 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12235 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12236 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12241 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12242 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12246 ;;;***
12247 \f
12248 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12249 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12250 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12251 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12252 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12256 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12257 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12258 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12263 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12264 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12265 LIST1 is modified.
12270 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12271 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12281 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12282 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12287 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12288 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12295 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12296 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12301 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12302 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12307 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12308 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12313 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12317 ;;;***
12318 \f
12319 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12320 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20709 26818 907104
12321 ;;;;;; 0))
12322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12325 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12330 Install the registry hooks.
12334 ;;;***
12335 \f
12336 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12337 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20709
12338 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
12339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12342 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12343 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12344 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12345 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12346 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12351 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12352 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12353 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12354 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12363 ;;;***
12364 \f
12365 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12366 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12370 Update the format specification near point.
12374 ;;;***
12375 \f
12376 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12377 ;;;;;; (20721 17977 14204 0))
12378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12381 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12385 ;;;***
12386 \f
12387 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12388 ;;;;;; (20734 30007 218637 0))
12389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12392 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12393 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12397 ;;;***
12398 \f
12399 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12400 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12401 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12404 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12409 Install the sync hooks.
12413 ;;;***
12414 \f
12415 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12416 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12420 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12424 ;;;***
12425 \f
12426 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12427 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12428 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12431 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12432 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12433 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12434 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12435 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12441 ;;;***
12442 \f
12443 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20709 26818
12444 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12445 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12448 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12450 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12451 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12452 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12454 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12455 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12456 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12458 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12461 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12462 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12468 ;;;***
12469 \f
12470 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12471 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20709
12472 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
12473 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12478 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12479 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12480 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12481 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12486 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12487 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12488 or to send e-mail.
12489 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12490 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12492 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12493 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12499 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12500 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12501 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12502 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12507 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12511 ;;;***
12512 \f
12513 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12514 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12518 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12519 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12524 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12528 ;;;***
12529 \f
12530 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12531 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12532 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20709 26818
12533 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12534 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12543 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12544 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12545 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12547 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12548 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12555 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12556 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12566 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12570 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12574 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12578 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12579 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12583 How to invoke find and grep.
12584 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12585 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12586 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12587 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12598 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12599 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12609 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12614 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12616 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12619 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12620 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12622 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12623 can easily repeat a grep command.
12625 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12626 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12627 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12628 list is empty).
12633 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12634 Collect output in a buffer.
12636 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12638 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12639 easily repeat a find command.
12646 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12647 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12648 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12649 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12652 before it is executed.
12655 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12656 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12657 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12664 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12665 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12666 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12667 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12670 before it is executed.
12673 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12674 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12675 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12680 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12681 to specify a command to run.
12686 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12687 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12688 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12694 ;;;***
12695 \f
12696 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20709 26818 907104
12697 ;;;;;; 0))
12698 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12701 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12702 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12703 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12708 ;;;***
12709 \f
12710 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12711 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20709 26818
12712 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12713 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12716 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12717 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12718 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12723 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12724 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12725 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12730 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12731 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12732 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12737 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12738 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12739 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12741 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12742 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12747 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12748 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12749 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12754 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12755 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12756 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12761 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12764 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12766 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12767 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12768 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12769 original source file access method.
12771 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12772 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12777 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12782 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12783 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12784 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12785 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12791 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12792 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12793 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12794 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12798 ;;;***
12799 \f
12800 ;;;### (autoloads (gv-ref setf gv-define-simple-setter gv-define-setter
12801 ;;;;;; gv--defun-declaration gv-define-expander gv-letplace gv-get)
12802 ;;;;;; "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12806 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12807 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12808 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12809 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12810 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12811 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12812 set it to.
12813 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12818 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12819 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12820 of PLACE.
12821 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12822 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12823 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12824 and SETTER.
12825 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12826 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12833 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12834 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12835 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12836 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12847 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12849 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12852 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12853 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12854 well for simple place forms.
12855 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12856 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12857 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12858 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12859 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12860 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12861 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12868 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12869 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12870 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12871 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12873 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12874 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12875 (let ((temp VAL))
12876 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12877 temp)
12878 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12883 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12884 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12885 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12886 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12887 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12894 Return a reference to PLACE.
12895 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12899 ;;;***
12900 \f
12901 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20709
12902 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
12903 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12907 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12908 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12910 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12911 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12912 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12913 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12917 ;;;***
12918 \f
12919 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12920 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
12921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12924 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12929 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12930 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12931 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12933 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12938 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12939 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12940 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12941 to be updated.
12945 ;;;***
12946 \f
12947 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12948 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12949 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12950 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12953 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12958 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12959 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12964 Verify a hashcash payment
12969 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12970 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12971 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12972 `mail-add-payment-async').
12977 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12978 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12979 Calculation is asynchronous.
12984 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12985 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12989 ;;;***
12990 \f
12991 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12992 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12993 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12994 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20709 26818
12995 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12996 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12999 Return the help-echo string at point.
13000 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13001 property, or nil, is returned.
13002 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13003 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13004 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13009 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13010 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13011 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13012 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13017 Display local help in the echo area.
13018 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13019 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13020 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13021 printed instead.
13023 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13024 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13025 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13030 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13031 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13036 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13037 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13042 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13043 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13044 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13045 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13046 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13047 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13048 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13049 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13050 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13051 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13053 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13054 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13055 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13056 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13057 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13059 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13060 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13061 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13062 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13063 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13064 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13065 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13071 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13072 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13073 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13074 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13075 considered different regions.
13077 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13078 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13079 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13080 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13081 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13082 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13083 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13084 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13085 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13090 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13091 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13092 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13093 different regions.
13095 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13096 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13097 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13098 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13099 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13100 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13101 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13102 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13104 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13105 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13106 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13107 rarely happens in practice.
13112 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13113 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13114 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13115 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13116 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13120 ;;;***
13121 \f
13122 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
13123 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
13124 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
13125 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13126 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13129 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13134 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13135 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13140 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13141 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13142 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13143 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13144 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13145 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13146 search for a function definition.
13148 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13149 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13150 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13151 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13152 suitable file is found, return nil.
13162 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13163 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13164 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13169 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13170 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13171 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13172 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13173 it is displayed along with the global value.
13178 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13179 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13180 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13185 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13186 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13187 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13188 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13193 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13198 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13202 ;;;***
13203 \f
13204 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13205 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
13206 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13209 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13210 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13211 window listing and describing the options.
13217 ;;;***
13218 \f
13219 ;;;### (autoloads (help-bookmark-jump help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button
13220 ;;;;;; help-xref-button help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref
13221 ;;;;;; help-mode-finish help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el"
13222 ;;;;;; (20721 17977 14204 0))
13223 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13226 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13227 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13228 Commands:
13246 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13247 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13248 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13251 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13253 restore it properly when going back.
13258 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13259 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13260 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13261 from `help-mode'.
13263 it does not already exist.
13268 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13270 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13271 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13272 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13273 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13274 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13275 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13276 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13277 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13279 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13280 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13281 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13282 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13284 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13285 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13286 that.
13291 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13292 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13293 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13294 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13295 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13300 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13301 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13302 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13303 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13308 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13313 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13314 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13315 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13319 ;;;***
13320 \f
13321 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13322 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13326 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13331 Provide help for current mode.
13335 ;;;***
13336 \f
13337 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13338 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13339 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13343 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13344 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13345 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13347 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13348 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13351 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13352 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13353 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13355 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13356 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13357 periods.
13359 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13360 in hexl format.
13362 A sample format:
13364 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13365 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13366 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13367 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13368 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13369 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13370 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13371 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13372 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13373 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13374 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13375 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13376 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13377 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13378 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13380 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13381 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13382 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13384 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13385 also supported.
13387 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13389 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13390 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13391 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13394 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13395 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13398 into the buffer at the current point.
13401 into the buffer at the current point.
13404 into the buffer at the current point.
13408 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13409 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13418 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13419 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13420 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13425 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13426 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13430 ;;;***
13431 \f
13432 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13433 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13434 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13435 ;;;;;; (20743 44982 104196 0))
13436 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13439 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13440 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13441 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13442 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13444 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13446 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13447 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13449 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13450 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13451 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13452 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13456 which can be called interactively, are:
13459 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13462 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13463 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13464 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13467 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13470 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13473 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13475 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13477 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13478 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13479 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13480 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13481 function returns t.
13484 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13486 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13487 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13488 form:
13489 Hi-lock: FOO
13491 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13492 position (number of characters into buffer)
13493 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13494 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13495 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13500 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13501 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13502 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13503 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13509 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13510 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13511 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13512 ARG is omitted or nil.
13514 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13515 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13516 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13523 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13524 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13525 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13527 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13528 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13529 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13530 updated as you type.
13537 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13538 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13539 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13541 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13542 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13543 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13544 updated as you type.
13551 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13552 If called interactively, replaces whitespace in REGEXP with
13553 arbitrary whitespace and makes initial lower-case letters case-insensitive.
13555 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13556 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13557 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13558 updated as you type.
13565 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13566 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13567 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13569 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13574 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13576 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13577 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13578 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13582 ;;;***
13583 \f
13584 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13585 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
13586 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13589 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13590 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13591 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13592 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13594 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13595 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13596 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13597 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13599 `hide-ifdef-env'
13600 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13601 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13602 is used.
13604 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13605 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13606 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13607 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13608 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13610 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13611 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13612 #endif lines when hiding.
13614 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13615 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13616 is activated.
13618 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13619 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13620 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13626 ;;;***
13627 \f
13628 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13629 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
13630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13632 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13633 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13634 Each element has the form
13635 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13637 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13638 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13640 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13641 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13643 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13644 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13645 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13646 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13647 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13648 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13650 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13651 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13653 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13654 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13656 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13657 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13661 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13662 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13663 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13664 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13666 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13667 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13668 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13670 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13671 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13672 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13674 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13675 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13677 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13679 Key bindings:
13685 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13689 ;;;***
13690 \f
13691 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13692 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13693 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13694 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13695 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20709
13696 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
13697 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13700 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13701 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13702 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13703 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13705 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13706 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13708 this on and off.
13710 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13715 through various faces.
13717 buffer with the contents of a file
13723 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13725 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13726 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13728 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13729 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13730 in a distinctive face.
13732 The default value can be customized with variable
13733 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13735 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13740 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13741 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13746 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13751 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13756 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13758 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13759 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13760 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13761 shown in the last face in the list.
13763 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13764 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13765 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13767 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13772 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13774 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13776 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13777 to save the file.
13779 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13780 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13782 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13789 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13791 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13792 this function is called interactively.
13794 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13795 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13796 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13798 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13805 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13806 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13807 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13808 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13814 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13815 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13816 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13817 ARG is omitted or nil.
13819 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13820 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13821 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13825 ;;;***
13826 \f
13827 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
13828 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13829 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13831 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13832 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13833 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13839 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13840 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13841 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13842 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13843 expansions.
13844 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13846 undoes the expansion.
13851 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13852 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13853 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13857 ;;;***
13858 \f
13859 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13860 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
13861 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13864 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13865 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13866 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13867 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13869 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13870 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13871 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13872 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13873 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13874 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13876 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13877 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13878 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13879 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13884 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13885 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13886 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13887 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13893 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13894 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13895 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13896 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13898 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13899 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13900 windows.
13902 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13903 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13907 ;;;***
13908 \f
13909 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13910 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13911 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13912 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13913 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13914 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13918 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13919 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13928 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13929 Oriental holidays.
13939 Local holidays.
13949 User defined holidays.
13956 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13961 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13966 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13971 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13978 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13979 Jewish holidays.
13988 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13989 Christian holidays.
13998 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13999 Islamic holidays.
14008 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14009 Bahá'à holidays.
14018 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14019 Sun-related holidays.
14029 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14030 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14031 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14036 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14037 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14038 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14039 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14041 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14042 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14044 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14045 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14047 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14048 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14049 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14050 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14051 of a holiday list.
14053 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14059 ;;;***
14060 \f
14061 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20709
14062 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
14063 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14066 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14070 ;;;***
14071 \f
14072 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
14073 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14074 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14077 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14078 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14079 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14080 as possible.
14082 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14083 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14084 fontified display.
14086 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14089 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14090 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14091 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14096 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14097 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14099 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14103 ;;;***
14104 \f
14105 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14106 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20709
14107 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
14108 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14111 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14113 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14114 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14115 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14117 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14118 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14119 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14120 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14121 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14122 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14124 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14125 title of the column.
14127 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14128 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14129 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14130 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14131 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14136 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14137 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14138 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14139 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14141 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14142 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14148 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14149 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14150 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14151 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14152 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14154 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14155 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14156 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14157 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14158 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14159 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14160 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14161 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14162 values are:
14163 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14164 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14165 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14166 buffer's modification flag.
14167 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14168 prompted before performing this operation.
14169 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14170 operation is complete, in the form:
14172 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14173 confirmation message, in the form:
14175 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14176 macro for exactly what it does.
14178 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14181 Define a filter named NAME.
14182 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14183 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14184 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14186 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14187 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14188 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14189 bound to the current value of the filter.
14193 ;;;***
14194 \f
14195 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14196 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14197 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14200 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14201 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14202 buffers which are visiting a file.
14207 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14208 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14209 buffers which are visiting a file.
14214 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14215 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14217 All arguments are optional.
14218 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14220 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14221 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14222 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14223 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14224 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14225 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14226 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14227 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14228 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14229 that value locally in this buffer.
14233 ;;;***
14234 \f
14235 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14236 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14237 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14238 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14241 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14242 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14243 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14248 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14249 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14250 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14251 ICAL-FILENAME.
14252 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14253 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14254 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14259 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14260 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14261 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14262 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14263 non-marking or not.
14268 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14270 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14271 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14272 DIARY-FILE.
14274 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14275 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14276 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14278 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14279 non-marking.
14281 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14282 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14283 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14287 ;;;***
14288 \f
14289 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20710
14290 ;;;;;; 47669 981323 0))
14291 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14294 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14295 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14297 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14303 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14304 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14305 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14306 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14310 ;;;***
14311 \f
14312 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20709 26818
14313 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
14314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14317 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14318 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14319 Tab indents for Icon code.
14320 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14321 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14323 Variables controlling indentation style:
14324 icon-tab-always-indent
14325 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14326 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14327 icon-auto-newline
14328 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14329 inserted in Icon code.
14330 icon-indent-level
14331 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14332 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14333 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14334 icon-continued-statement-offset
14335 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14336 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14337 icon-continued-brace-offset
14338 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14339 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14340 icon-brace-offset
14341 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14342 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14343 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14344 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14346 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14347 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14351 ;;;***
14352 \f
14353 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14354 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
14355 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14358 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14359 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14360 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14362 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14363 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14364 separate frames.
14366 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14367 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14369 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14370 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14371 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14377 ;;;***
14378 \f
14379 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14380 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
14381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14384 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14386 The main features of this mode are
14388 1. Indentation and Formatting
14389 --------------------------
14390 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14391 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14394 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14395 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14396 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14398 Comments are indented as follows:
14400 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14401 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14402 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14404 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14407 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14408 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14410 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14411 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14413 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14418 2. Routine Info
14419 ------------
14420 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14421 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14423 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14424 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14425 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14426 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14427 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14429 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14431 3. Online IDL Help
14432 ---------------
14435 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14436 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14437 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14439 4. Completion
14440 ----------
14442 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14443 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14444 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14445 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14446 upper case.
14448 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14449 --------------------------------
14450 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14465 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14468 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14469 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14472 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14473 -------------------------
14474 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14475 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14477 7. Automatic END completion
14478 ------------------------
14479 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14480 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14482 8. Hooks
14483 -----
14484 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14485 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14487 9. Documentation and Customization
14488 -------------------------------
14489 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14491 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14492 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14493 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14495 10.Keybindings
14496 -----------
14497 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14499 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14505 ;;;***
14506 \f
14507 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14508 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14509 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14510 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14511 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14512 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14513 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14514 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20709
14515 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
14516 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14519 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14520 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14521 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14522 displaying...)
14523 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14524 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14525 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14527 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14533 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14534 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14535 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14536 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14537 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14538 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14539 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14540 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14545 Switch to another buffer.
14546 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14547 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14548 in another frame.
14550 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14551 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14552 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14553 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14556 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14557 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14564 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14565 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14566 in a separate window.
14580 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14581 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14582 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14587 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14588 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14589 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14594 Kill a buffer.
14595 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14596 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14601 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14602 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14603 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14608 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14609 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14610 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14615 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14620 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14621 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14622 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14623 visible in another frame.
14625 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14626 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14627 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14628 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14629 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14632 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14633 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14640 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14641 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14642 in a separate window.
14645 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14649 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14662 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14663 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14664 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14669 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14670 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14671 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14676 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14677 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14678 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14683 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14684 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14685 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14690 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14691 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14692 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14697 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14698 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14699 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14704 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14705 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14706 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14711 Write current buffer to a file.
14712 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14713 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14718 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14719 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14720 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14725 Call `dired' the ido way.
14726 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14727 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14732 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14733 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14734 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14735 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14736 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14741 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14742 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14743 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14748 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14749 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14750 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14755 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14756 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14757 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14758 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14759 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14760 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14761 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14762 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14763 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14764 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14765 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14766 with point positioned at the end.
14767 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14768 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14770 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14772 ;;;***
14773 \f
14774 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14775 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14778 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14779 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14783 ;;;***
14784 \f
14785 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20709 26818
14786 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
14787 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14792 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14793 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14794 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14795 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14800 ;;;***
14801 \f
14802 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14803 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14804 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14805 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14806 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14807 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
14808 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14811 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14812 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14813 be determined.
14818 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14819 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14820 be determined.
14825 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14826 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14827 be determined.
14832 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14833 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14834 be determined.
14839 Determine and return image type.
14840 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14841 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14842 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14843 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14844 use its file extension as image type.
14845 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14850 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14851 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14856 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14857 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14859 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14860 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14861 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14862 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14863 must be available.
14868 Create an image.
14869 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14870 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14871 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14872 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14873 use its file extension as image type.
14874 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14875 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14876 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14877 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14879 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14881 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14883 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14888 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14889 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14890 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14891 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14892 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14893 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14894 POS may be an integer or marker.
14895 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14896 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14897 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14898 means display it in the right marginal area.
14903 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14904 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14905 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14906 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14907 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14908 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14909 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14910 means display it in the right marginal area.
14911 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14912 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14913 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14914 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14915 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14920 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14921 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14922 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14923 STRING is a single space.
14924 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14925 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14926 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14927 means display it in the right marginal area.
14928 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14933 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14934 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14935 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14940 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14942 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14944 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14945 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14946 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14947 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14948 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14949 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14950 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14951 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14952 satisfied.
14954 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14956 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14961 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14963 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14964 documentation string.
14966 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14967 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14968 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14969 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14970 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14971 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14972 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14973 define SYMBOL.
14975 Example:
14985 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14986 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
14987 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
14989 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
14990 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
14991 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
14992 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
14994 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
14998 ;;;***
14999 \f
15000 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15001 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15002 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15003 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15004 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15005 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15006 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
15007 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
15008 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15011 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15012 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15013 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15014 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15015 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15020 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15022 Convenience command that:
15024 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15025 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15026 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15028 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15029 image files in dired and type
15032 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15034 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15035 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15040 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15041 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15042 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15043 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15044 another one).
15046 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15047 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15048 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15050 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15051 instead of erasing it first.
15053 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15054 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15055 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15056 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15057 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15058 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15063 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15064 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15065 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15066 displayed.
15075 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15080 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15081 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15086 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15091 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15092 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15093 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15098 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15103 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15108 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15113 Display current image file.
15114 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15115 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15120 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15125 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15126 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15127 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15128 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15129 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15130 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15135 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15136 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15137 easy-to-use form.
15141 ;;;***
15142 \f
15143 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15144 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15145 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
15146 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15148 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15149 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15150 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15151 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15153 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15154 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15155 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15161 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15162 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15163 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15165 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15166 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15167 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15173 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15178 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15179 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15180 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15185 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15186 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15188 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15194 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15195 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15196 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15197 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15199 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15200 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15201 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15205 ;;;***
15206 \f
15207 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15208 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20731 53823 676680
15209 ;;;;;; 0))
15210 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15213 Major mode for image files.
15215 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15220 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15221 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15222 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15223 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15226 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15227 actual image.
15232 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15233 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15234 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15236 to display an image file as the actual image.
15238 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15239 to display an image file as text initially.
15241 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15242 on these modes.
15251 ;;;***
15252 \f
15253 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15254 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20747 42040 139863
15255 ;;;;;; 0))
15256 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15259 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15261 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15263 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15264 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15265 in the buffer.
15267 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15269 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15270 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15276 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15277 Each element of this list should have the form
15279 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15281 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15282 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15283 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15284 matches are put).
15285 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15286 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15287 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15288 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15289 another element.
15290 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15291 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15292 the menu item.
15293 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15294 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15295 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15296 the ARGUMENTS.
15298 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15299 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15300 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15302 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15303 create a buffer index.
15305 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15306 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15314 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15316 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15317 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15318 called within a `save-excursion'.
15325 Function for finding the next index position.
15327 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15328 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15329 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15330 file.
15332 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15338 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15340 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15341 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15347 Function to compare string with index item.
15349 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15350 non-nil if they match.
15352 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15353 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15360 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15371 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15372 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15373 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15380 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15385 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15386 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15387 for more information.
15391 ;;;***
15392 \f
15393 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15394 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15395 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
15396 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15399 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15419 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15423 ;;;***
15424 \f
15425 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
15426 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
15427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15430 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15431 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15432 to that buffer.
15433 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15434 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15435 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15442 ;;;***
15443 \f
15444 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15445 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15446 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15447 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15448 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20721 17977 14204
15449 ;;;;;; 0))
15450 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15452 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15453 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15454 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15455 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15456 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15457 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15458 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15459 first in this list.
15461 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15462 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15463 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15464 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15465 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15467 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15468 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15469 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15472 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15478 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15479 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15480 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15481 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15483 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15484 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15485 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15486 with the top-level Info directory.
15488 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15489 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15491 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15494 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15495 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15496 in all the directories in that path.
15498 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15503 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15513 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15514 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15520 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15521 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15522 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15527 Go to the Info directory node.
15532 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15533 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15534 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15536 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15541 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15542 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15547 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15548 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15549 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15550 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15555 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15557 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15558 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15563 Selecting other nodes:
15565 Follow a node reference you click on.
15566 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15568 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15573 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15583 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15587 Moving within a node:
15589 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15590 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15591 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15592 move up to the parent node.
15594 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15595 if there is none.
15598 Advanced commands:
15600 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15601 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15602 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15604 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15608 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15609 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15610 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15614 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15620 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15621 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15622 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15623 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15624 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15630 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15631 KEY is a string.
15632 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15633 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15634 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15635 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15640 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15641 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15646 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15647 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15652 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15653 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15654 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15658 ;;;***
15659 \f
15660 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15661 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15662 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
15663 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15666 Throw away all cached data.
15667 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15668 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15669 system.
15675 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15676 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15677 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15678 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15679 one found at point.
15681 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15687 Display the documentation of a file.
15688 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15689 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15690 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15691 The default file name is the one found at point.
15693 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15698 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15703 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15707 ;;;***
15708 \f
15709 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15710 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15711 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
15712 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15715 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15716 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15717 current info file is the default.
15719 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15720 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15721 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15722 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15723 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15725 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15726 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15727 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15728 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15729 mistake in the reference.
15731 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15732 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15733 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15736 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15737 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15738 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15743 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15744 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15745 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15746 checked.
15750 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15751 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15752 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15753 should be harmless.
15758 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15759 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15760 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15762 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15763 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15764 and can take a long time.
15769 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15770 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15772 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15774 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15775 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15777 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15779 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15780 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15781 all builtins).
15783 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15784 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15785 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15786 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15787 the sources handy.
15791 ;;;***
15792 \f
15793 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15794 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20709 26818 907104
15795 ;;;;;; 0))
15796 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15799 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15809 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15810 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15811 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15813 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15814 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15815 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15817 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15818 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15819 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15820 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15825 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15826 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15831 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15832 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15833 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15838 ;;;***
15839 \f
15840 ;;;### (autoloads (inversion-require-emacs) "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el"
15841 ;;;;;; (20745 310 425822 0))
15842 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15845 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15846 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15850 ;;;***
15851 \f
15852 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15853 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15854 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
15855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15858 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15863 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15872 ;;;***
15873 \f
15874 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20709
15875 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
15876 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15879 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15880 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15881 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15882 accessed via isearchb.
15886 ;;;***
15887 \f
15888 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15889 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15890 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15891 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
15892 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15895 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15896 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15897 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15898 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15903 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15904 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15905 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15906 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15911 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15912 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15913 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15914 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15919 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15920 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15921 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15922 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15927 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15928 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15929 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15930 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15935 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15936 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15937 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15938 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15943 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15944 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15945 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15946 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15951 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15953 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15958 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15960 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15965 Warn that format is read-only.
15970 Warn that format is write-only.
15975 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15979 ;;;***
15980 \f
15981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15982 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
15983 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15987 ;;;***
15988 \f
15989 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15990 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer-with-debug
15991 ;;;;;; ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary
15992 ;;;;;; ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word
15993 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15994 ;;;;;; (20734 30007 218637 0))
15995 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16000 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16013 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16014 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16019 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16021 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16023 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16025 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16026 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16027 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16028 Valid forms include:
16029 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16030 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16031 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16034 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16035 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16036 First list is used raw.
16039 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16042 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16043 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16044 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16045 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16051 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16052 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16053 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16055 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16056 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16057 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16058 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16059 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16061 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16062 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16064 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16065 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16067 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16068 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16073 Return values:
16074 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16075 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16078 quit spell session exited.
16083 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16084 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16089 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16091 Selections are:
16093 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16094 SPC: Accept word this time.
16095 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16096 `a': Accept word for this session.
16097 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16098 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16099 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16100 `?': Show these commands.
16101 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16102 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16103 the aborted check to be completed later.
16104 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16105 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16106 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16107 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16108 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16109 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16110 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16115 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16116 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16117 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16122 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16126 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16131 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16132 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16133 amount for last line processed.
16138 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16143 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16148 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16149 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16154 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16159 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16160 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16161 sequence inside of a word.
16163 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16168 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16173 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16174 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16175 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16177 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16178 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16179 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16180 available on the net.
16185 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16186 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16187 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16188 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16190 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16191 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16192 spelled.
16194 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16196 SPC.
16199 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16204 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16205 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16206 Don't check included messages.
16208 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16209 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16210 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16212 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16213 in your init file:
16214 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16215 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16216 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16217 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16219 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16220 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16225 ;;;***
16226 \f
16227 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20709
16228 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16229 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16232 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16233 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16234 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16235 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16241 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16242 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16243 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16244 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16246 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16247 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16251 ;;;***
16252 \f
16253 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16254 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16255 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16256 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20709 26818 907104
16257 ;;;;;; 0))
16258 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16266 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16267 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16268 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16269 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16270 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16271 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16272 necessary to represent OBJ.
16277 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16278 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16279 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16284 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16285 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16286 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16287 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16292 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16293 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16294 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16299 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16300 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16301 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16306 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16311 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16312 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16313 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16314 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16319 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16320 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16321 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16322 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16327 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16328 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16332 ;;;***
16333 \f
16334 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16335 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16336 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16339 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16340 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16349 Uninstall jka-compr.
16350 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16351 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16352 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16356 ;;;***
16357 \f
16358 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20730 32949 736763
16359 ;;;;;; 0))
16360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16363 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16368 ;;;***
16369 \f
16370 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16371 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16372 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
16373 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16376 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16377 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16383 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16384 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16390 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16391 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16397 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16398 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16404 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16405 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16406 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16407 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16408 keys are bound.
16410 Setup Binding
16411 -------------------------------------------------------------
16412 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16413 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16414 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16415 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16416 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16417 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16418 in the global and local keymaps.
16420 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16421 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16425 ;;;***
16426 \f
16427 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16428 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
16429 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16432 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16433 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16435 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16436 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16437 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16438 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16439 shorter.
16441 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16442 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16443 the context of text formatting.
16447 ;;;***
16448 \f
16449 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20709
16450 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16451 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16454 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16455 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16456 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16457 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16461 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16462 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16463 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16464 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16465 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16466 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16470 ;;;***
16471 \f
16472 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16473 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16474 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16475 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16476 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16481 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16482 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16483 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16485 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16486 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16488 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16490 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16491 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16492 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16496 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16499 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16500 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16502 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16503 defining the macro.
16506 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16512 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16514 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16515 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16519 under that name.
16521 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16522 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16523 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16525 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16527 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16529 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16531 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16532 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16533 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16534 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16536 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16539 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16541 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16542 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16543 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16545 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16546 macro.
16549 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16551 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16553 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16558 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16560 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16561 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16562 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16565 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16567 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16568 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16569 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16570 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16572 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16575 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16577 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16578 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16579 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16581 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16583 ;;;***
16584 \f
16585 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16586 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16587 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16589 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16590 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16593 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16596 \(fn)" nil nil)
16598 ;;;***
16599 \f
16600 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16601 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
16602 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16604 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16606 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16607 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16609 \(fn)" t nil)
16611 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16612 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16613 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16614 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16616 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16617 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16618 none / 1 | yes | no
16619 2 | yes | yes
16620 3 | no | yes
16621 4 | no | no
16624 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16627 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16629 ;;;***
16630 \f
16631 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16632 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16633 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16634 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16636 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16639 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16641 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16642 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16643 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16644 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16645 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16646 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16648 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16649 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16651 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16653 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16654 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16656 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16658 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16661 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16663 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16666 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16668 ;;;***
16669 \f
16670 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16671 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16672 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20709 26818 907104
16673 ;;;;;; 0))
16674 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16676 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16679 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16681 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16683 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16684 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16685 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16687 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16689 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16690 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16691 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16693 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16695 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16698 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16700 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16702 ;;;***
16703 \f
16704 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16705 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20709 26818
16706 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
16707 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16709 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16710 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16711 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16712 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16713 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16714 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16715 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16716 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16718 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16719 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16724 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16726 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16727 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16728 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16729 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16730 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16731 `latin1-display-setup'.
16733 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16735 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16736 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16737 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16738 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16743 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16745 ;;;***
16746 \f
16747 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16748 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
16749 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16751 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16752 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16754 \(fn)" t nil)
16756 ;;;***
16757 \f
16758 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20709 26818 907104
16759 ;;;;;; 0))
16760 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16762 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16763 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16764 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16765 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16766 generations (this defaults to 1).
16768 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16770 ;;;***
16771 \f
16772 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode) "linum" "linum.el"
16773 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
16774 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16776 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16777 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16778 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16779 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16780 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16782 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16786 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16787 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16788 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16789 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16790 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16791 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16793 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16795 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16796 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16797 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16798 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16799 ARG is omitted or nil.
16801 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16802 `linum-on' would do it.
16803 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16807 ;;;***
16808 \f
16809 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20709
16810 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16811 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16813 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16814 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16815 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16816 is nil, raise an error.
16818 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16819 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16820 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16821 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16822 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16823 defined by the library.
16825 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16826 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16827 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16828 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16829 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16830 proceeds.
16832 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16833 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16834 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16835 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16837 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16839 ;;;***
16840 \f
16841 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16842 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16843 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16845 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16846 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16849 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16851 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16852 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16853 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16854 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16856 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16857 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16858 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16859 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16860 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16861 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16862 the version.)
16864 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16865 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16867 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16868 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16870 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16871 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16873 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16875 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16876 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16877 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16878 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16879 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16880 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16881 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16882 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16883 to constrain a big search.
16885 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16887 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16888 except that FILTER is not optional.
16890 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16892 ;;;***
16893 \f
16894 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20721 17977
16895 ;;;;;; 14204 0))
16896 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16898 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16899 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16900 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16902 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16903 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16904 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16907 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16909 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16910 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16911 associated values:
16912 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16913 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16914 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16915 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16916 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16918 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16919 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16920 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16922 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16924 ;;;***
16925 \f
16926 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20709
16927 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16928 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16930 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16931 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16933 \(fn)" t nil)
16935 ;;;***
16936 \f
16937 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16938 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20709
16939 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16940 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16942 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16943 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16945 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16948 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16949 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16950 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16952 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16953 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16955 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16960 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16963 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16965 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16966 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16967 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16968 switch on this list.
16969 See `lpr-command'.")
16971 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16973 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16974 Name of program for printing a file.
16976 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16977 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16978 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16979 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16980 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16981 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16982 argument.")
16984 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16986 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16987 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16988 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16989 for customization of the printer command.
16991 \(fn)" t nil)
16993 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16994 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16996 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16997 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16998 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16999 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17001 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17002 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17004 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17005 for further customization of the printer command.
17007 \(fn)" t nil)
17009 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17010 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17011 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17012 for customization of the printer command.
17014 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17016 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17017 Paginate and print the region contents.
17019 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17020 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17021 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17022 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17024 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17025 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17027 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17028 for further customization of the printer command.
17030 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17032 ;;;***
17033 \f
17034 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17035 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
17036 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17038 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17039 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17040 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17042 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17044 ;;;***
17045 \f
17046 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20709
17047 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
17048 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17050 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17051 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17052 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17053 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17057 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17059 ;;;***
17060 \f
17061 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20709
17062 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
17063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17065 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17066 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17068 \(fn)" t nil)
17070 ;;;***
17071 \f
17072 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17073 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20709 26818 907104
17074 ;;;;;; 0))
17075 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17077 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17078 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17079 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17080 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17083 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17085 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17086 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17087 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17088 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17090 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17091 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17092 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17093 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17094 bindings.
17096 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17097 use this command, and then save the file.
17099 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17101 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17102 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17103 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17104 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17105 each time the macro executes.
17106 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17114 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17116 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17117 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17118 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17119 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17121 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17122 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17123 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17124 execute.
17126 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17127 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17129 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17130 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17131 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17132 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17135 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17136 looked like this:
17142 You could enter the names in this format:
17144 foo
17145 bar
17146 baz
17148 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17154 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17157 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17158 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17160 ;;;***
17161 \f
17162 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17163 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17164 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17166 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17167 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17168 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17169 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17170 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17171 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17173 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17174 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17175 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17176 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17177 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17179 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17180 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17181 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17182 consing a string.)
17184 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17186 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17187 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17189 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17191 ;;;***
17192 \f
17193 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17194 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17195 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
17196 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17198 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17199 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17201 \(fn)" nil nil)
17203 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17206 \(fn)" nil nil)
17208 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17209 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17211 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17213 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17214 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17215 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17216 message.
17218 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17220 \(fn)" nil nil)
17222 ;;;***
17223 \f
17224 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17225 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17226 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17227 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17228 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17230 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17231 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17232 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17233 often correct parser.")
17235 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17237 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17238 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17239 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17240 a value which excludes your own email address.
17242 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17243 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17245 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17247 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17248 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17250 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17252 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17254 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17255 we return it unconverted.
17257 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17258 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17260 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17262 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17264 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17265 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17267 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17269 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17271 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17272 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17274 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17276 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17278 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17279 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17280 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17281 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17282 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17283 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17284 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17285 as Rmail does.
17287 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17289 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17290 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17291 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17292 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17293 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17294 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17295 matches may be returned from the message body.
17297 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17299 ;;;***
17300 \f
17301 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17302 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20709
17303 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
17304 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17306 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17307 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17308 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17309 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17310 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17311 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17313 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17315 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17316 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17317 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17318 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17319 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17321 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17322 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17323 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17324 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17328 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17329 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17331 \(fn)" nil nil)
17333 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17334 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17335 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17337 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17339 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17340 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17341 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17343 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17344 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17345 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17346 double-quotes.
17348 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17350 ;;;***
17351 \f
17352 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17353 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17354 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17355 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17357 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17359 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17360 king@grassland.com
17361 If `parens', they look like:
17362 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17363 If `angles', they look like:
17364 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17366 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17368 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17369 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17370 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17371 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17372 their `Resent-' variants.
17374 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17375 removed from alias expansions.
17377 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17379 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17380 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17381 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17383 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17384 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17385 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17386 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17388 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17390 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17391 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17392 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17394 \(fn)" nil nil)
17396 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17397 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17398 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17399 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17401 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17403 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function "24.1")
17405 ;;;***
17406 \f
17407 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17408 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
17409 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17411 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17412 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17413 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17414 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17416 \(fn)" nil nil)
17418 ;;;***
17419 \f
17420 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17421 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17422 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20746 21181 635406
17423 ;;;;;; 0))
17424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17426 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17427 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17429 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17430 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17431 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17432 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17433 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17434 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17436 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17437 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17438 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17439 dependency, despite the colon.
17443 In the browser, use the following keys:
17447 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17449 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17450 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17452 `makefile-target-colon':
17453 The string that gets appended to all target names
17454 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17457 `makefile-macro-assign':
17458 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17459 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17461 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17462 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17465 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17466 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17467 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17469 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17470 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17472 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17473 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17474 up or down in the browser.
17476 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17477 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17479 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17480 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17482 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17483 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17484 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17485 has been selected in the browser.
17487 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17488 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17489 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17490 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17491 filenames are omitted.
17493 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17494 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17495 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17496 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17497 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17498 the backslash itself intact.
17499 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17502 `makefile-browser-hook':
17503 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17504 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17506 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17507 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17508 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17509 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17511 \(fn)" t nil)
17513 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17514 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17516 \(fn)" t nil)
17518 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17519 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17521 \(fn)" t nil)
17523 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17524 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17526 \(fn)" t nil)
17528 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17529 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17531 \(fn)" t nil)
17533 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17534 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17536 \(fn)" t nil)
17538 ;;;***
17539 \f
17540 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20709
17541 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
17542 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17544 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17545 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17546 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17548 \(fn)" t nil)
17550 ;;;***
17551 \f
17552 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17553 ;;;;;; (20719 62656 824443 0))
17554 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17556 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17558 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17559 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17560 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17561 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17562 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17563 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17564 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17565 page, it will display immediately.
17567 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17571 cat(1)
17572 1 cat
17574 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17576 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17577 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17579 -a chmod
17581 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17582 otherwise look like a page name.
17584 /my/file/name.1.gz
17585 -l somefile.1
17588 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17591 -k pattern
17593 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17595 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17596 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17598 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17600 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17601 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17603 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17605 ;;;***
17606 \f
17607 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20709 26818
17608 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17609 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17611 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17612 Toggle Master mode.
17613 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17614 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17615 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17617 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17618 using the following commands:
17622 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17623 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17624 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17628 ;;;***
17629 \f
17630 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17631 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
17632 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17634 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17635 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17636 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17637 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17638 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17639 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17641 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17643 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17644 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17645 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17646 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17647 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17649 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17650 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17651 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17652 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17656 ;;;***
17657 \f
17658 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17659 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17660 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17661 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17662 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17663 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17664 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20723 59703 12265 0))
17665 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17667 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17669 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17670 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17672 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17673 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17674 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17675 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17676 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17677 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17678 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17679 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17681 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17682 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17683 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17684 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17686 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17687 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17688 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17689 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17690 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17691 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17692 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17693 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17694 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17695 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17696 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17697 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17698 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17699 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17700 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17701 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17702 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17703 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17704 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17705 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17706 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17708 \(fn)" t nil)
17710 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17711 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17712 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17713 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17714 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17716 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17718 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17719 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17721 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17723 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17724 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17726 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17728 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17731 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17733 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17734 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17735 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17737 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17739 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17740 Cancel an article you posted.
17741 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17745 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17746 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17747 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17748 header line with the old Message-ID.
17750 \(fn)" t nil)
17752 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17753 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17755 \(fn)" t nil)
17757 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17758 Forward the current message via mail.
17759 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17760 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17762 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17764 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17767 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17769 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17772 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17774 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17775 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17777 \(fn)" t nil)
17779 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17780 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17782 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17784 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17785 Re-mail the current message.
17786 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17787 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17788 you.
17790 \(fn)" t nil)
17792 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17793 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17795 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17797 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17798 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17800 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17802 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17803 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17805 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17807 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17808 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17810 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17812 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17813 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17814 Works by overstriking characters.
17815 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17816 which specify the range to operate on.
17818 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17820 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17821 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17822 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17823 which specify the range to operate on.
17825 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17827 ;;;***
17828 \f
17829 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17830 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
17831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17833 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17834 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17836 \(fn)" t nil)
17838 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17839 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17841 \(fn)" t nil)
17843 ;;;***
17844 \f
17845 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17846 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17847 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
17848 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17850 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17851 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17852 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17854 \(fn)" t nil)
17856 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17857 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17858 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17859 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17860 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17861 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17862 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17864 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17866 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17867 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17868 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17869 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17870 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17871 means current).
17872 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17873 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17875 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17877 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17878 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17879 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17880 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17881 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17882 means current).
17883 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17884 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17886 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17888 ;;;***
17889 \f
17890 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17891 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17892 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17893 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17895 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17896 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17897 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17899 \(fn)" t nil)
17901 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17902 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17903 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17905 \(fn)" t nil)
17907 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17908 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17910 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17911 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17914 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17915 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17917 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17918 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17920 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17922 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17924 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17925 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17926 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17927 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17928 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17929 as `compose-mail'.
17931 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17932 initial Subject field, respectively.
17934 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17935 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17936 are strings.
17938 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17939 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17941 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17943 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17944 Save draft and send message.
17946 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17947 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17951 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17952 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17953 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17955 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17956 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17957 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17958 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17959 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17960 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17963 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17965 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17966 message and scan line.
17968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17970 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17971 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17973 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17974 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17976 delete the draft message.
17978 \(fn)" t nil)
17980 ;;;***
17981 \f
17982 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20709 26818
17983 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17984 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17986 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17988 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17990 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17992 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17993 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17995 \(fn)" t nil)
17997 ;;;***
17998 \f
17999 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18000 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18003 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18004 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18005 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18007 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18008 the MH mail system.
18010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18012 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18013 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18014 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18016 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18017 the MH mail system.
18019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18021 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18024 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18025 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18026 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18027 separate command.
18029 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18031 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18032 format.
18034 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18036 Ranges
18037 ======
18038 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18039 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18040 can be used in several ways.
18043 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18044 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18045 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18046 page):
18048 <num1>-<num2>
18049 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18050 The range must be nonempty.
18052 <num>:N
18053 <num>:+N
18054 <num>:-N
18055 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18056 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18057 last.
18059 first:N
18060 prev:N
18061 next:N
18062 last:N
18063 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18065 all
18066 All of the messages.
18068 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18069 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18071 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18072 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18073 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18077 \(fn)" t nil)
18079 ;;;***
18080 \f
18081 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18082 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18083 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18085 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18086 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18087 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18088 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18089 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18090 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18091 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18092 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18093 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18094 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18097 \(fn)" t nil)
18099 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18100 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18101 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18102 to its second argument TM.
18104 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18106 ;;;***
18107 \f
18108 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18109 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18110 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18112 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18113 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18114 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18115 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18116 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18117 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18119 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18121 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18122 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18123 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18124 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18125 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18127 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18128 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18129 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18130 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18131 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18132 is modified to remove the default indication.
18134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18136 ;;;***
18137 \f
18138 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18139 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18140 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18142 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18143 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18144 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18145 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18146 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18147 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18148 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18149 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18150 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18152 \(fn)" t nil)
18154 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18155 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18156 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18157 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18158 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18159 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18161 The return value is always nil.
18163 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18165 ;;;***
18166 \f
18167 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18168 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18169 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
18170 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18171 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18173 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18174 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18176 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18177 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18178 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18179 next occurrence.
18181 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18182 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18183 end of the search space).
18185 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18186 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18187 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18188 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18189 should return the previous buffer to search.
18191 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18192 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18193 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18195 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18196 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18197 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18198 Isearch starts.")
18200 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18201 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18202 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18204 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18205 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18206 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18208 \(fn)" nil nil)
18210 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18211 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18212 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18213 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18214 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18215 whose names match the specified regexp.
18217 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18219 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18220 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18221 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18222 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18223 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18224 whose names match the specified regexp.
18226 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18228 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18229 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18230 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18231 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18232 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18233 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18234 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18236 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18238 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18239 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18240 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18241 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18242 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18243 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18244 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18246 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18248 ;;;***
18249 \f
18250 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18251 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18254 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18255 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18257 \(fn)" t nil)
18259 ;;;***
18260 \f
18261 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18262 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18265 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18266 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18268 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18270 ;;;***
18271 \f
18272 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18273 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18276 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18277 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18279 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18281 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18282 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18283 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18284 the entire message.
18285 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18287 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18289 ;;;***
18290 \f
18291 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18292 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18293 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18295 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18296 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18297 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18298 the entire message.
18299 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18301 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18303 ;;;***
18304 \f
18305 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18306 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18307 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18309 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18310 Insert file contents of URL.
18311 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18313 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18315 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18316 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18318 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18320 ;;;***
18321 \f
18322 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18323 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18326 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18327 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18328 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18329 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18330 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18332 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18334 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18335 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18336 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18338 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18340 ;;;***
18341 \f
18342 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18343 ;;;;;; (20745 310 425822 0))
18344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18346 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18347 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18349 \(fn)" nil nil)
18351 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18352 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18353 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18357 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18359 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18360 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18364 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18366 ;;;***
18367 \f
18368 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18369 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18372 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18375 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18377 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18380 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18382 ;;;***
18383 \f
18384 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18385 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18386 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18389 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18392 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18394 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18397 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18399 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18402 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18404 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18407 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18409 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18412 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18414 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18417 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18419 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18422 \(fn)" nil nil)
18424 ;;;***
18425 \f
18426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20709 26818
18427 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18428 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18430 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18432 ;;;***
18433 \f
18434 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355
18435 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
18436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18438 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18440 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18441 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18442 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18443 followed by the first character of the construct.
18460 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18461 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18462 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18464 \(fn)" t nil)
18466 ;;;***
18467 \f
18468 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18469 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18470 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18472 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18473 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18475 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18477 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18478 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18480 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18482 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18483 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18485 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18487 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18488 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18490 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18492 ;;;***
18493 \f
18494 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18495 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18496 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18498 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18502 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18503 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18505 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18506 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18507 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18510 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18512 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18513 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18514 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18515 hemisphere you're in.)
18517 To test this function, evaluate:
18518 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18520 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18522 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18525 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18528 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18529 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18530 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18533 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18535 To test this function, evaluate:
18536 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18538 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18540 ;;;***
18541 \f
18542 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18543 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18545 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18546 Main entry point for MPC.
18548 \(fn)" t nil)
18550 ;;;***
18551 \f
18552 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20709 26818 907104
18553 ;;;;;; 0))
18554 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18556 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18557 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18559 \(fn)" t nil)
18561 ;;;***
18562 \f
18563 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18564 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18566 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18567 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18568 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18569 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18570 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18571 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18573 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18575 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18576 Toggle Msb mode.
18577 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18578 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18579 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18581 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18582 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18586 ;;;***
18587 \f
18588 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18589 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18590 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18591 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18592 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18593 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18594 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18596 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18597 Display a list of all character sets.
18599 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18600 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18601 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18602 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18603 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18605 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18606 but still shows the full information.
18608 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18610 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18611 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18612 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18614 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18615 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18616 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18617 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18618 meanings of these arguments.
18620 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18622 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18623 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18625 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18627 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18628 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18630 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18632 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18633 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18635 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18637 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18638 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18641 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18642 in place of `..':
18643 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18644 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18645 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18646 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18647 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18648 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18649 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18650 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18651 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18652 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18653 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18654 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18655 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18656 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18657 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18658 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18660 \(fn)" t nil)
18662 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18663 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18665 \(fn)" t nil)
18667 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18668 Display a list of all coding systems.
18669 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18671 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18672 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18676 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18677 Display a list of all coding categories.
18679 \(fn)" nil nil)
18681 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18682 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18683 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18685 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18687 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18688 Display information about FONTSET.
18689 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18691 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18693 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18694 Display a list of all fontsets.
18695 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18696 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18697 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18699 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18701 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18702 Display information about all input methods.
18704 \(fn)" t nil)
18706 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18707 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18709 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18710 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18711 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18712 system which uses fontsets).
18714 \(fn)" t nil)
18716 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18717 Show log of font listing and opening.
18718 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18719 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18721 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18723 ;;;***
18724 \f
18725 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18726 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18727 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18728 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18729 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
18730 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18731 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18733 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18734 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18736 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18737 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18739 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18740 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18742 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18744 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18745 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18746 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18747 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18748 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18749 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18750 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18752 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18753 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18754 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18755 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18756 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18757 middle of a character in STR.
18759 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18760 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18762 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18763 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18764 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18765 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18768 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18770 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18771 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18773 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18774 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18775 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18777 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18778 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18779 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18781 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18782 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18783 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18784 are considered.
18785 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18786 longer than KEYSEQ.
18787 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18789 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18791 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18792 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18793 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18794 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18795 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18796 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18797 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18798 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18799 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18800 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18801 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18803 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18805 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18806 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18808 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18810 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18811 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18813 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18815 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18816 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18818 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18820 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18821 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18823 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18825 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18826 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18827 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18828 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18829 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18831 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18832 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18834 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18835 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18836 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18837 coding systems ordered by priority.
18839 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18841 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority "23.1")
18843 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18844 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18845 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18846 language environment LANG-ENV.
18848 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18850 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18851 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18852 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18853 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18854 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18855 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18857 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18859 ;;;***
18860 \f
18861 ;;;### (autoloads (advice-member-p advice-remove advice-add advice--add-function
18862 ;;;;;; add-function advice--buffer-local advice--remove-function)
18863 ;;;;;; "nadvice" "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" (20725 15032 264919 0))
18864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/nadvice.el
18866 (autoload 'advice--remove-function "nadvice" "\
18869 \(fn FLIST FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18871 (autoload 'advice--buffer-local "nadvice" "\
18872 Buffer-local value of VAR, presumed to contain a function.
18874 \(fn VAR)" nil nil)
18876 (autoload 'add-function "nadvice" "\
18877 Add a piece of advice on the function stored at PLACE.
18878 FUNCTION describes the code to add. WHERE describes where to add it.
18879 WHERE can be explained by showing the resulting new function, as the
18880 result of combining FUNCTION and the previous value of PLACE, which we
18881 call OLDFUN here:
18882 `:before' (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r))
18883 `:after' (lambda (&rest r) (prog1 (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18884 `:around' (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION OLDFUN r))
18885 `:before-while' (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18886 `:before-until' (lambda (&rest r) (or (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18887 `:after-while' (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18888 `:after-until' (lambda (&rest r) (or (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18889 If FUNCTION was already added, do nothing.
18890 PROPS is an alist of additional properties, among which the following have
18891 a special meaning:
18892 - `name': a string or symbol. It can be used to refer to this piece of advice.
18894 PLACE cannot be a simple variable. Instead it should either be
18895 \(default-value 'VAR) or (local 'VAR) depending on whether FUNCTION
18896 should be applied to VAR buffer-locally or globally.
18898 If one of FUNCTION or OLDFUN is interactive, then the resulting function
18899 is also interactive. There are 3 cases:
18900 - FUNCTION is not interactive: the interactive spec of OLDFUN is used.
18901 - The interactive spec of FUNCTION is itself a function: it should take one
18902 argument (the interactive spec of OLDFUN, which it can pass to
18903 `advice-eval-interactive-spec') and return the list of arguments to use.
18904 - Else, use the interactive spec of FUNCTION and ignore the one of OLDFUN.
18906 \(fn WHERE PLACE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil t)
18908 (autoload 'advice--add-function "nadvice" "\
18911 \(fn WHERE REF FUNCTION PROPS)" nil nil)
18913 (autoload 'advice-add "nadvice" "\
18914 Like `add-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18915 Contrary to `add-function', this will properly handle the cases where SYMBOL
18916 is defined as a macro, alias, command, ...
18918 \(fn SYMBOL WHERE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil nil)
18920 (autoload 'advice-remove "nadvice" "\
18921 Like `remove-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18922 Contrary to `remove-function', this will work also when SYMBOL is a macro
18923 and it will not signal an error if SYMBOL is not `fboundp'.
18924 Instead of the actual function to remove, FUNCTION can also be the `name'
18925 of the piece of advice.
18927 \(fn SYMBOL FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18929 (autoload 'advice-member-p "nadvice" "\
18930 Return non-nil if ADVICE has been added to FUNCTION-NAME.
18931 Instead of ADVICE being the actual function, it can also be the `name'
18932 of the piece of advice.
18934 \(fn ADVICE FUNCTION-NAME)" nil nil)
18936 ;;;***
18937 \f
18938 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18939 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18940 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18941 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20709
18942 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
18943 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18945 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18946 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18948 \(fn)" t nil)
18950 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18951 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18953 \(fn)" t nil)
18955 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18956 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18958 \(fn)" t nil)
18960 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18961 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18963 \(fn)" t nil)
18965 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18966 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18968 \(fn)" t nil)
18970 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18971 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18973 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18975 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18976 Ping HOST.
18977 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18978 `ping-program-options'.
18980 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18982 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18983 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18985 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18987 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18988 Run nslookup program.
18990 \(fn)" t nil)
18992 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18993 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18995 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18997 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18998 Run dig program.
19000 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19002 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19003 Run ftp program.
19005 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19007 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19008 Finger USER on HOST.
19010 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19012 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19013 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19014 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19015 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19017 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19019 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19022 \(fn)" t nil)
19024 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19025 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19027 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19029 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19030 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19032 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19034 ;;;***
19035 \f
19036 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20709
19037 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19038 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19040 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19041 Return a user name/password pair.
19042 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19043 listed in the PORTS list.
19045 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19047 ;;;***
19048 \f
19049 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
19050 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19051 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19053 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19054 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19055 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19056 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19057 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19058 closes it.
19060 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19061 make it unique.
19062 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19063 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19064 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19065 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19066 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19067 a port number to connect to.
19069 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19070 values:
19072 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19073 nil or `network'
19074 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19075 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19076 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19077 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19078 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19079 an unencrypted connection.
19080 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19081 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19082 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19083 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19084 returned object is a killed process.
19085 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19086 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19087 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19089 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19090 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19091 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19092 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19093 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19094 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19095 or nil if none could be found.
19096 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19097 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19099 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19101 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19102 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19103 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19105 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19106 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19109 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19110 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19113 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19114 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19115 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19116 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19118 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19119 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19121 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19122 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19123 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19124 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19125 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19126 or STARTTLS connections.
19128 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19129 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19131 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19132 asynchronously, if possible.
19134 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19136 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19138 ;;;***
19139 \f
19140 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19141 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19142 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19144 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19145 Check whether newsticker is running.
19146 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19147 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19149 \(fn)" nil nil)
19151 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19152 Start the newsticker.
19153 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19154 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19155 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19156 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19158 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19160 ;;;***
19161 \f
19162 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19163 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19164 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19166 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19167 Start newsticker plainview.
19169 \(fn)" t nil)
19171 ;;;***
19172 \f
19173 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19174 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19175 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19177 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19178 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19180 \(fn)" t nil)
19182 ;;;***
19183 \f
19184 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19185 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20709 26818 907104
19186 ;;;;;; 0))
19187 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19189 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19190 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19191 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19192 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19193 empty.
19195 \(fn)" nil nil)
19197 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19198 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19199 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19200 running already.
19202 \(fn)" t nil)
19204 ;;;***
19205 \f
19206 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19207 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19208 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19210 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19211 Start newsticker treeview.
19213 \(fn)" t nil)
19215 ;;;***
19216 \f
19217 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19218 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19221 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19222 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19224 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19226 ;;;***
19227 \f
19228 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20709
19229 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19230 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19232 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19233 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19234 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19235 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19236 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19237 symbol in the alist.
19239 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19241 ;;;***
19242 \f
19243 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19244 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19247 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19248 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19249 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19251 \(fn)" t nil)
19253 ;;;***
19254 \f
19255 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19256 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19259 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19260 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19262 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19264 ;;;***
19265 \f
19266 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19267 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19268 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19270 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19272 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19273 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19274 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19276 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19279 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19281 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19282 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19283 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19284 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19285 to future sessions.
19287 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19289 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19290 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19291 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19292 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19293 future sessions.
19295 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19297 ;;;***
19298 \f
19299 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19300 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19301 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19303 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19304 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19306 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19307 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19308 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19310 \(fn)" t nil)
19312 ;;;***
19313 \f
19314 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19315 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19316 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19318 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19319 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19320 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19321 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19323 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19325 ;;;***
19326 \f
19327 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20709
19328 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19329 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19331 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19332 Major mode for editing XML.
19335 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19336 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19338 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19339 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19340 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19345 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19347 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19348 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19349 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19350 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19351 instead of C-c.
19353 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19354 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19355 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19356 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19358 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19361 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19362 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19365 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19368 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19373 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19374 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19375 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19376 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19378 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19380 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19383 \(fn)" t nil)
19385 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19387 ;;;***
19388 \f
19389 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19390 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19391 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19393 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19394 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19395 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19396 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19398 \(fn)" t nil)
19400 ;;;***
19401 \f
19402 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19403 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19404 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19406 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19407 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19408 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19410 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19412 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19413 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19415 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19416 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19417 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19421 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19423 ;;;***
19424 \f
19425 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19426 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19429 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19430 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19432 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19433 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19434 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19435 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19437 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19438 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19439 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19440 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19441 is why you need this mode!).
19443 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19444 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19445 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19449 Keybindings
19450 ===========
19454 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19455 ==============================================
19457 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19458 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19459 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19461 `octave-block-offset'
19462 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19463 Default is 2.
19465 `octave-continuation-offset'
19466 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19467 Default is 4.
19469 `octave-continuation-string'
19470 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19471 Default is a backslash.
19473 `octave-send-echo-input'
19474 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19475 command to the inferior Octave process.
19477 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19478 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19479 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19481 `octave-send-echo-input'
19482 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19484 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19486 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19487 following lines to your init file:
19491 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19492 add the following lines to your init file as well:
19494 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19495 (lambda ()
19496 (abbrev-mode 1)
19497 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19500 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19501 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19502 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19504 \(fn)" t nil)
19506 ;;;***
19507 \f
19508 ;;;### (autoloads (opascal-mode) "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el"
19509 ;;;;;; (20746 21181 635406 0))
19510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19512 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19514 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19522 Customization:
19524 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19525 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19526 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19527 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19528 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19529 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19530 `opascal-tab-always-indents' (default `tab-always-indents')
19531 Non-nil means TAB in OPascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19532 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19533 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19534 Directories to search when finding external units.
19535 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19536 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19538 Coloring:
19540 `opascal-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
19541 Face used to color OPascal comments.
19542 `opascal-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
19543 Face used to color OPascal strings.
19544 `opascal-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
19545 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19546 `opascal-other-face' (default nil)
19547 Face used to color everything else.
19549 Turning on OPascal mode calls the value of the variable `opascal-mode-hook'
19550 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
19552 \(fn)" t nil)
19554 ;;;***
19555 \f
19556 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-submit-bug-report
19557 ;;;;;; org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb org-open-link-from-string
19558 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19559 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19560 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode org-clock-persistence-insinuate
19561 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgtbl org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org"
19562 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (20723 59703 12265 0))
19563 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19565 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19566 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19568 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19570 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19571 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19572 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19573 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19574 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19576 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19578 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19579 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19581 \(fn)" nil nil)
19583 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19584 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19586 \(fn)" nil nil)
19588 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19589 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19592 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19593 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19594 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19595 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19596 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19597 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19598 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19599 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19600 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19601 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19603 The following commands are available:
19607 \(fn)" t nil)
19609 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19610 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19612 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19613 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19614 in special contexts.
19616 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19617 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19618 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19619 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19620 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19621 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19622 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19623 properties in the buffer.
19624 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19625 including any drawers.
19627 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19629 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19630 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19631 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19632 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19633 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19634 and zoom in further.
19635 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19636 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19638 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19639 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19640 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19641 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19642 times right after creating a new headline.
19644 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19645 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19646 is negative, go up that many levels.
19648 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19649 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19650 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19652 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19653 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19654 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19655 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19659 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19660 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19662 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19666 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19667 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19668 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19669 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19670 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19671 defined by Org-mode).
19673 M-up Move entry/item up
19674 M-down Move entry/item down
19675 M-left Promote
19676 M-right Demote
19677 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19678 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19679 M-S-left Promote subtree
19680 M-S-right Demote subtree
19681 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19682 C-c ^ Sort entries
19683 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19684 TAB Cycle item visibility
19685 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19686 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19687 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19691 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19692 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19694 \(fn)" nil nil)
19696 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19697 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19699 \(fn)" nil nil)
19701 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19702 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19703 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19704 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19705 call CMD.
19707 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19709 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19711 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19714 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19715 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19716 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19718 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19720 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19721 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19722 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19724 \(fn)" t nil)
19726 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19727 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19728 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19729 Org-mode syntax.
19731 \(fn)" t nil)
19733 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19734 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19736 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19738 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19739 Switch between Org buffers.
19740 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19741 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19743 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19744 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19748 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19750 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19752 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19753 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19754 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19755 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19757 \(fn)" t nil)
19759 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19760 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19762 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19764 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19765 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19766 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19768 \(fn)" t nil)
19770 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19771 Reload all org lisp files.
19772 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19774 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19776 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19777 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19779 \(fn)" t nil)
19781 ;;;***
19782 \f
19783 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19784 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19785 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19786 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19787 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-toggle-sticky-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el"
19788 ;;;;;; (20723 59703 12265 0))
19789 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19791 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19792 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19796 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19797 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19798 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19799 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19801 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19802 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19803 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19804 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19805 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19806 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19807 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19808 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19809 e Export views to associated files.
19810 s Search entries for keywords.
19811 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19812 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19813 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19814 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19815 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19816 > Remove a previous restriction.
19819 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19821 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19822 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19823 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19825 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19826 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19828 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19829 \(if active).
19831 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19833 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19834 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19835 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19836 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19837 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19838 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19839 before running the agenda command.
19841 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19843 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19844 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19845 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19846 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19847 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19848 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19849 before running the agenda command.
19851 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19852 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19854 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19856 category The category of the item
19857 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19858 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19859 todo selected in TODO match
19860 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19861 diary imported from diary
19862 deadline a deadline on given date
19863 scheduled scheduled on given date
19864 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19865 closed entry was closed on given date
19866 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19867 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19868 block entry has date block including g. date
19869 todo The todo keyword, if any
19870 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19871 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19872 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19873 extra Sting with extra planning info
19874 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19875 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19876 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19878 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19880 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19883 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19885 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19886 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19888 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19890 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19891 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19892 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19893 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19895 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19896 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19897 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19899 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19900 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19902 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19904 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19905 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19907 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19908 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19909 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19910 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19911 EDIT-AT.
19913 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19914 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19915 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19916 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19917 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19920 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19921 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19922 including newlines.
19924 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19925 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19926 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19927 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19928 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19929 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19930 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19932 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19934 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19935 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19937 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19938 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19939 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19940 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19941 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19942 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19943 Boolean search must match as full words.
19945 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19946 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19948 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19950 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19951 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19952 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19954 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19955 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19959 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19960 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19961 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19963 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19965 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19966 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19967 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19968 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19969 `org-stuck-projects'.
19971 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19973 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19974 Return diary information from org files.
19976 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19977 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19978 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19979 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19981 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19983 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19985 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19986 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19988 &%%(org-diary)
19990 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19991 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19992 So the example above may also be written as
19994 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19996 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19997 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19998 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20000 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20002 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20003 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20004 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20006 \(fn)" t nil)
20008 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20009 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20011 appointments.
20013 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20014 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20016 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20017 for filtering entries out.
20019 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20020 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20021 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20023 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20024 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20029 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20032 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20033 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
20034 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20035 details and examples.
20037 If an entry as a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20038 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20040 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20042 ;;;***
20043 \f
20044 ;;;### (autoloads (org-beamer-mode org-beamer-sectioning) "org-beamer"
20045 ;;;;;; "org/org-beamer.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20046 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
20048 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
20049 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
20050 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
20051 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
20052 The return value is a cons cell. The car is the headline text, usually
20053 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
20054 text. The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
20055 in org-export-latex-classes.
20057 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
20059 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
20060 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
20062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20064 ;;;***
20065 \f
20066 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture
20067 ;;;;;; org-capture-string) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20723
20068 ;;;;;; 59703 12265 0))
20069 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20071 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20074 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20076 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20077 Capture something.
20079 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20080 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20081 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20083 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20086 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20087 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20088 stored.
20090 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20092 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20093 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20094 will be bypassed.
20096 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20097 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20099 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20101 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20102 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20104 \(fn)" t nil)
20106 ;;;***
20107 \f
20108 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-columns org-insert-columns-dblock org-dblock-write:columnview
20109 ;;;;;; org-columns) "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20717 20920
20110 ;;;;;; 410005 0))
20111 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20113 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20114 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20115 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20117 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20119 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20120 Write the column view table.
20121 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20123 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20124 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20125 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20126 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20127 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20129 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20130 using `org-id-find'.
20131 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20132 a hline before each level <= that number.
20133 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20134 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20135 :skip-empty-rows
20136 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20137 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20139 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20141 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20142 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20144 \(fn)" t nil)
20146 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20147 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20149 \(fn)" t nil)
20151 ;;;***
20152 \f
20153 ;;;### (autoloads (org-check-version) "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el"
20154 ;;;;;; (20723 59703 12265 0))
20155 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20157 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20158 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20160 \(fn)" nil t)
20162 ;;;***
20163 \f
20164 ;;;### (autoloads (org-git-version org-release) "org-version" "org/org-version.el"
20165 ;;;;;; (20723 59703 12265 0))
20166 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20168 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20169 The release version of org-mode.
20170 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20172 \(fn)" nil nil)
20174 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20175 The Git version of org-mode.
20176 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20178 \(fn)" nil nil)
20180 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20181 The location of ODT styles.")
20183 ;;;***
20184 \f
20185 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20186 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20187 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20188 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20189 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20191 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20192 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20193 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20194 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20196 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20197 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20198 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20199 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20212 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20213 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20217 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20218 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20222 The subheadings remain visible.
20225 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20226 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20227 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20229 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20230 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20232 \(fn)" t nil)
20234 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20235 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20236 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20237 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20238 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20240 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20243 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20245 ;;;***
20246 \f
20247 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20248 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
20249 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20250 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20253 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20254 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20255 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20256 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20260 activate the package system at any time.")
20262 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20264 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20265 Install the package named NAME.
20266 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
20267 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
20269 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20271 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20272 Install a package from the current buffer.
20273 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20274 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20275 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20277 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20278 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20279 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20281 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20283 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20284 Install a package from a file.
20285 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20287 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20289 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20290 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20291 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20292 makes them available for download.
20294 \(fn)" t nil)
20296 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20297 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20298 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20299 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20301 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20303 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20304 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20306 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20308 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20309 Display a list of packages.
20310 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20311 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20312 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20314 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20316 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20318 ;;;***
20319 \f
20320 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20738 27061
20321 ;;;;;; 124069 0))
20322 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20324 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20325 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20326 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20327 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20328 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20329 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20331 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20333 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20334 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20335 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20336 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20337 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20339 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20340 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20341 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20345 ;;;***
20346 \f
20347 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20348 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20349 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20350 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20352 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20353 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20354 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20355 unknown are returned as nil.
20357 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20359 ;;;***
20360 \f
20361 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20746
20362 ;;;;;; 21181 635406 0))
20363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20365 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20367 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20369 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20372 Other useful functions are:
20384 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20386 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20387 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20388 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20389 Indentation for case statements.
20390 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20391 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20392 mark after an end.
20393 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20394 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20395 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20396 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20397 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20398 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20399 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20400 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20401 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20402 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20404 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20405 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20407 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20408 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20410 \(fn)" t nil)
20412 ;;;***
20413 \f
20414 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
20415 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20709 26818 907104
20416 ;;;;;; 0))
20417 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20419 (defvar password-cache t "\
20420 Whether to cache passwords.")
20422 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20424 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20425 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20426 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20428 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20430 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20431 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20433 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20435 ;;;***
20436 \f
20437 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20438 ;;;;;; (20717 20920 410005 0))
20439 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20441 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20442 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20443 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20445 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20446 _ matches anything.
20447 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20448 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20449 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20450 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20451 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20452 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20453 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20454 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20455 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20458 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20459 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20460 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20461 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20462 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20463 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20465 PRED can take the form
20466 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20467 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20468 which is the value being matched.
20469 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20470 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20471 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20472 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20473 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20475 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20477 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20479 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20480 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20481 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20482 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20484 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20486 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20488 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20489 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20490 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20491 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20493 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20495 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20497 ;;;***
20498 \f
20499 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20709
20500 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20501 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20503 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20504 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20506 \(fn)" nil nil)
20508 ;;;***
20509 \f
20510 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20511 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20512 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20514 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20515 Completion for `gzip'.
20517 \(fn)" nil nil)
20519 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20520 Completion for `bzip2'.
20522 \(fn)" nil nil)
20524 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20525 Completion for GNU `make'.
20527 \(fn)" nil nil)
20529 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20530 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20532 \(fn)" nil nil)
20534 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20536 ;;;***
20537 \f
20538 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20539 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20540 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20542 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20543 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20545 \(fn)" nil nil)
20547 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20548 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20550 \(fn)" nil nil)
20552 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20553 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20555 \(fn)" nil nil)
20557 ;;;***
20558 \f
20559 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20709
20560 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20561 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20563 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20564 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20566 \(fn)" nil nil)
20568 ;;;***
20569 \f
20570 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20571 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20572 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20709 26818 907104
20573 ;;;;;; 0))
20574 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20576 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20577 Completion for `cd'.
20579 \(fn)" nil nil)
20581 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20583 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20584 Completion for `rmdir'.
20586 \(fn)" nil nil)
20588 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20589 Completion for `rm'.
20591 \(fn)" nil nil)
20593 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20594 Completion for `xargs'.
20596 \(fn)" nil nil)
20598 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20600 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20601 Completion for `which'.
20603 \(fn)" nil nil)
20605 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20606 Completion for the `chown' command.
20608 \(fn)" nil nil)
20610 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20611 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20613 \(fn)" nil nil)
20615 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20616 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20618 \(fn)" nil nil)
20620 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20621 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20622 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20624 \(fn)" nil nil)
20626 ;;;***
20627 \f
20628 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20629 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20630 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20709
20631 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20632 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20634 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20635 Support extensible programmable completion.
20636 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20637 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20639 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20641 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20642 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20644 \(fn)" t nil)
20646 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20647 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20648 This will modify the current buffer.
20650 \(fn)" t nil)
20652 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20653 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20655 \(fn)" t nil)
20657 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20658 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20659 This will modify the current buffer.
20661 \(fn)" t nil)
20663 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20664 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20666 \(fn)" t nil)
20668 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20669 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20671 \(fn)" t nil)
20673 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20674 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20675 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20676 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20677 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20679 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20681 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20682 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20684 \(fn)" nil nil)
20686 ;;;***
20687 \f
20688 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20689 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20690 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20717 20920 410005 0))
20691 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20693 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20694 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20695 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20696 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20698 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20700 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20702 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20703 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20704 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20706 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20707 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20708 FLAGS is ignored.
20710 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20712 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20713 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20714 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20715 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20716 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20718 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20719 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20721 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20723 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20724 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20725 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20728 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20729 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20730 passed to cvs.
20732 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20734 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20735 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20736 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20737 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20739 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20740 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20742 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20744 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20745 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20746 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20748 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20750 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20751 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20752 A value of nil means never do it.
20753 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20754 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20755 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20757 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20759 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20760 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20761 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20763 ;;;***
20764 \f
20765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20709 26818
20766 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
20767 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20769 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20770 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20772 ;;;***
20773 \f
20774 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20775 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20777 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20778 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20779 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20780 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20781 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20782 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20784 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20785 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20786 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20787 Tab indents for Perl code.
20789 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20790 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20792 Variables controlling indentation style:
20793 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20794 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20795 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20796 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20797 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20798 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20799 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20800 `perl-nochange'
20801 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20802 `perl-indent-level'
20803 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20804 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20805 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20806 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20807 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20808 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20809 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20810 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20811 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20812 `perl-brace-offset'
20813 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20814 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20815 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20816 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20817 `perl-label-offset'
20818 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20819 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20820 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20822 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20823 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20824 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20825 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20826 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20827 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20828 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20830 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20832 \(fn)" t nil)
20834 ;;;***
20835 \f
20836 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20837 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20838 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20840 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20841 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20843 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20844 afterwards settable by these commands:
20861 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20862 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20863 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20864 with these commands:
20868 Move to column following last
20876 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20878 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20882 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20885 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20890 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20893 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20903 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20904 by supplying an argument.
20906 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20908 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20909 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20911 \(fn)" t nil)
20913 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20915 ;;;***
20916 \f
20917 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
20918 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20919 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20921 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20922 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20924 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20926 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20927 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20929 \(fn)" t nil)
20931 ;;;***
20932 \f
20933 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20934 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20935 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20937 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20938 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20939 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20941 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20943 ;;;***
20944 \f
20945 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20709 26818 907104
20946 ;;;;;; 0))
20947 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20949 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20950 Play pong and waste time.
20951 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20952 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20958 \(fn)" t nil)
20960 ;;;***
20961 \f
20962 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20709 26818
20963 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
20964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20966 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20967 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20968 Use streaming commands.
20970 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20972 ;;;***
20973 \f
20974 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20975 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20976 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20977 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20979 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20980 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20981 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20982 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20984 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20986 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20987 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20989 \(fn)" nil nil)
20991 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20992 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20993 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20994 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20995 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20997 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20999 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21000 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21001 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21003 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21005 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21006 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21008 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21010 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21011 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21012 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21013 Ignores leading comment characters.
21015 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21017 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21018 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21019 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21020 Ignores leading comment characters.
21022 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21024 ;;;***
21025 \f
21026 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21027 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21028 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21029 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21030 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21031 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21032 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21033 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21034 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21035 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21036 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21037 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21038 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21039 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21040 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21041 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21042 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21043 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21044 ;;;;;; (20721 17977 14204 0))
21045 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21047 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21048 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21050 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21054 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21056 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21057 Preview directory using ghostview.
21059 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21060 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21061 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21062 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21064 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21065 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21066 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21067 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21068 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21069 file name.
21071 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21073 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21075 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21076 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21078 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21079 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21080 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21081 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21083 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21084 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21085 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21086 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21087 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21088 file name.
21090 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21092 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21094 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21095 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21097 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21098 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21099 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21100 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21102 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21103 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21104 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21105 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21106 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21107 file name.
21109 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21111 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21113 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21114 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21116 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21118 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21119 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21120 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21121 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21123 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21124 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21125 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21126 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21127 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21128 file name.
21130 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21132 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21134 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21135 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21137 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21138 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21139 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21141 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21142 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21143 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21144 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21146 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21148 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21149 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21151 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21152 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21153 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21155 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21156 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21157 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21158 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21160 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21162 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21163 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21165 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21166 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21167 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21169 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21170 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21171 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21172 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21174 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21176 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21177 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21179 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21181 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21182 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21183 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21185 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21186 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21187 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21188 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21190 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21192 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21193 Preview region using ghostview.
21195 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21197 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21199 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21200 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21202 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21204 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21206 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21207 Print region using PostScript printer.
21209 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21211 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21213 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21214 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21216 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21218 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21220 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21221 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21223 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21225 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21227 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21228 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21230 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21232 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21234 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21235 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21237 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21239 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21241 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21242 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21244 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21246 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21248 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21249 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21250 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21251 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21253 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21254 matching.
21256 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21257 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21259 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21261 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21263 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21264 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21265 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21266 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21268 \(fn)" t nil)
21270 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21271 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21272 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21273 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21275 \(fn)" t nil)
21277 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21278 Print directory using text printer.
21280 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21281 matching.
21283 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21284 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21286 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21288 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21290 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21291 Print buffer using text printer.
21293 \(fn)" t nil)
21295 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21296 Print region using text printer.
21298 \(fn)" t nil)
21300 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21301 Print major mode using text printer.
21303 \(fn)" t nil)
21305 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21306 Preview spooled PostScript.
21308 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21309 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21310 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21312 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21313 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21314 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21316 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21318 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21319 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21321 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21322 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21323 instead of sending it to the printer.
21325 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21326 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21327 image in a file with that name.
21329 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21331 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21332 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21334 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21335 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21336 instead of sending it to the printer.
21338 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21339 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21340 image in a file with that name.
21342 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21344 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21345 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21347 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21348 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21349 instead of sending it to the printer.
21351 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21352 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21353 image in a file with that name.
21355 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21357 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21358 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21360 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21362 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21363 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21365 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21367 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21368 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21370 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21372 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21373 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21375 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21377 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21378 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21380 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21382 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21383 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21385 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21386 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21387 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21388 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21390 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21391 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21392 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21393 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21394 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21395 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21396 file name.
21398 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21400 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21401 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21403 \(fn)" t nil)
21405 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21406 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21408 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21409 right.
21410 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21411 bottom.
21413 \(fn)" t nil)
21415 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21416 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21418 \(fn)" t nil)
21420 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21421 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21423 \(fn)" t nil)
21425 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21426 Toggle printing with faces.
21428 \(fn)" t nil)
21430 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21431 Toggle spooling.
21433 \(fn)" t nil)
21435 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21436 Toggle duplex.
21438 \(fn)" t nil)
21440 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21441 Toggle tumble.
21443 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21444 right.
21445 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21446 bottom.
21448 \(fn)" t nil)
21450 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21451 Toggle landscape.
21453 \(fn)" t nil)
21455 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21456 Toggle upside-down.
21458 \(fn)" t nil)
21460 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21461 Toggle line number.
21463 \(fn)" t nil)
21465 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21466 Toggle zebra stripes.
21468 \(fn)" t nil)
21470 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21471 Toggle printing header.
21473 \(fn)" t nil)
21475 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21476 Toggle printing header frame.
21478 \(fn)" t nil)
21480 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21481 Toggle menu lock.
21483 \(fn)" t nil)
21485 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21486 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21488 \(fn)" t nil)
21490 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21491 Toggle auto mode.
21493 \(fn)" t nil)
21495 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21496 Customization of the `printing' group.
21498 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21500 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21501 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21503 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21505 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21506 Help for the printing package.
21508 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21510 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21511 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21513 \(fn)" t nil)
21515 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21516 Interactively select a text printer.
21518 \(fn)" t nil)
21520 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21521 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21523 \(fn)" t nil)
21525 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21526 Show current ps-print settings.
21528 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21530 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21531 Show current printing settings.
21533 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21535 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21536 Show current lpr settings.
21538 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21540 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21541 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21543 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21544 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21545 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21546 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21549 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21551 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21552 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21553 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21555 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21556 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21557 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21558 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21559 current active printer.
21561 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21562 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21563 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21564 printer.
21566 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21567 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21568 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21569 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21570 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21573 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21574 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21576 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21578 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21579 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21580 be done using the new current active printer.
21582 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21583 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21584 printer.
21586 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21587 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21588 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21589 instead of sending it to the printer.
21591 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21592 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21593 printer.
21595 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21598 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21599 are both set to t.
21601 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21603 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21604 Fast fire function for text printing.
21606 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21607 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21608 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21609 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21611 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21612 user for a new active text printer.
21614 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21616 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21618 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21619 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21620 printer.
21622 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21624 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21625 are both set to t.
21627 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21629 ;;;***
21630 \f
21631 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20709 26818 907104
21632 ;;;;;; 0))
21633 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21635 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21636 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21638 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21639 the process information.
21641 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21643 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21644 Proced buffers.
21646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21648 ;;;***
21649 \f
21650 ;;;### (autoloads (profiler-find-profile-other-frame profiler-find-profile-other-window
21651 ;;;;;; profiler-find-profile profiler-start) "profiler" "profiler.el"
21652 ;;;;;; (20738 27061 124069 0))
21653 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21655 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21656 Start/restart profilers.
21657 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21658 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21659 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21661 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21663 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21664 Open profile FILENAME.
21666 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21668 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21669 Open profile FILENAME.
21671 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21673 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21674 Open profile FILENAME.
21676 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21678 ;;;***
21679 \f
21680 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
21681 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
21682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21684 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21685 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21687 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21688 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21690 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21692 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21695 Commands:
21697 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21698 if that value is non-nil.
21700 \(fn)" t nil)
21702 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21703 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21704 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21706 \(fn)" t nil)
21708 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21709 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21710 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21712 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21714 ;;;***
21715 \f
21716 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20709
21717 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
21718 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21720 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21721 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21724 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21726 ;;;***
21727 \f
21728 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20709
21729 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
21730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21732 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21733 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21735 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21737 The following variables hold user options, and can
21738 be set through the `customize' command:
21740 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21741 `ps-mode-tab'
21742 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21743 `ps-mode-print-function'
21744 `ps-run-prompt'
21745 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21746 `ps-run-x'
21747 `ps-run-dumb'
21748 `ps-run-init'
21749 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21750 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21759 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21760 The keymap for this second window is:
21765 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21766 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21767 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21768 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21769 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21771 \(fn)" t nil)
21773 ;;;***
21774 \f
21775 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21776 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21777 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21778 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21779 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21780 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20721
21781 ;;;;;; 17977 14204 0))
21782 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21784 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21785 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21786 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21788 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21790 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21791 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21792 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21793 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21795 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21797 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21798 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21800 Valid values are:
21802 nil Do not print colors.
21804 t Print colors.
21806 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21807 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21809 Any other value is treated as t.")
21811 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21813 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21814 Customization of ps-print group.
21816 \(fn)" t nil)
21818 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21819 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21821 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21822 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21823 sending it to the printer.
21825 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21826 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21827 image in a file with that name.
21829 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21831 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21832 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21833 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21834 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21835 so it has a way to determine color values.
21837 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21839 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21840 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21841 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21843 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21845 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21846 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21847 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21848 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21849 so it has a way to determine color values.
21851 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21853 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21854 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21855 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21856 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21858 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21860 \(fn)" t nil)
21862 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21863 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21864 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21865 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21866 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21868 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21870 \(fn)" t nil)
21872 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21873 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21874 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21876 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21878 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21880 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21881 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21882 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21883 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21884 so it has a way to determine color values.
21886 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21888 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21890 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21891 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21893 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21894 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21895 instead of sending it to the printer.
21897 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21898 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21899 image in a file with that name.
21901 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21903 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21904 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21905 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21909 \(fn)" t nil)
21911 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21912 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21913 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21915 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21917 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21918 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21919 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21921 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21923 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21924 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21926 \(fn)" nil nil)
21928 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21929 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21931 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21932 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21934 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21935 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21937 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21939 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21941 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21943 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21944 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21946 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21947 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21949 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21950 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21952 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21954 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21956 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21958 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21959 foreground and background colors respectively.
21961 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21962 bold - use bold font.
21963 italic - use italic font.
21964 underline - put a line under text.
21965 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21966 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21967 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21968 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21969 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21971 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21973 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21975 ;;;***
21976 \f
21977 ;;;### (autoloads (python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21978 ;;;;;; (20746 21181 635406 0))
21979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21983 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21985 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21986 Run an inferior Python process.
21987 Input and output via buffer named after
21988 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21989 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21991 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21992 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21993 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21994 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21996 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21998 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22000 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22002 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22003 Major mode for editing Python files.
22006 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
22007 if that value is non-nil.
22009 \(fn)" t nil)
22011 ;;;***
22012 \f
22013 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22014 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22015 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22017 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22018 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22019 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22020 coding-system.
22022 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22025 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22026 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22027 them into characters should be done separately.
22029 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22031 ;;;***
22032 \f
22033 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22034 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22035 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22036 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22037 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22038 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22040 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22041 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22043 \(fn)" nil nil)
22045 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22046 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22047 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22049 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22050 `quail-activate', which see.
22052 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22054 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22055 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22056 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22057 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22058 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22059 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22060 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22062 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22063 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22064 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22065 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22066 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22067 shown.
22068 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22070 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22071 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22074 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22075 list of candidates.
22077 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22078 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22079 command to be called.
22081 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22082 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22083 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22084 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22086 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22087 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22088 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22089 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22090 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22091 to t.
22093 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22094 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22095 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22096 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22098 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22099 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22100 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22101 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22103 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22104 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22105 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22106 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22107 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22108 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22110 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22111 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22114 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22117 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22118 covers Quail translation region.
22120 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22121 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22122 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22123 for it) is inserted.
22125 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22126 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22127 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22129 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22130 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22131 non-Quail commands.
22133 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22135 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22136 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22138 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22139 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22140 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22141 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22142 you type is correctly handled.
22144 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22146 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22147 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22149 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22150 keyboard type.
22152 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22154 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22155 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22156 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22157 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22158 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22159 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22160 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22161 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22162 for the translation.
22163 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22165 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22166 it is used to handle KEY.
22168 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22169 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22170 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22171 the following annotation types are supported.
22173 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22174 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22176 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22177 candidate list.
22179 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22180 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22181 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22182 inserted.
22184 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22185 generated for the following translations.
22187 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22189 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22190 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22192 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22193 which to install MAP.
22195 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22197 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22199 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22200 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22202 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22203 which to install MAP.
22205 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22207 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22209 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22210 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22211 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22212 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22213 a function, or a cons.
22214 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22215 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22216 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22217 for the translation.
22218 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22219 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22220 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22221 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22222 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22224 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22225 it is used to handle KEY.
22227 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22228 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22229 current Quail package.
22231 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22232 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22234 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22236 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22237 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22239 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22240 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22242 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22244 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22245 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22247 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22249 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22250 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22251 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22252 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22253 of the Emacs source tree.
22255 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22258 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22259 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22260 of each directory.
22262 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22264 ;;;***
22265 \f
22266 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22267 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22268 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20709
22269 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
22270 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22272 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22273 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22274 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22275 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22277 To make use of this do something like:
22279 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22281 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22283 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22284 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22286 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22287 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22288 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22290 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22292 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22293 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22295 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22297 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22298 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22300 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22301 is decided.
22303 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22305 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22306 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22308 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22309 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22310 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22312 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22314 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22315 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22317 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22319 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22320 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22322 \(fn)" t nil)
22324 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22325 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22327 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22331 \(fn)" t nil)
22333 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22334 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22336 \(fn)" t nil)
22338 ;;;***
22339 \f
22340 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22341 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22342 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22344 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22345 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22347 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22349 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22351 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22353 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22355 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22358 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22360 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22361 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22362 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22363 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22364 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22365 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22367 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22369 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22370 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22371 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22372 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22373 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22377 ;;;***
22378 \f
22379 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20709
22380 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
22381 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22383 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22384 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22387 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22389 ;;;***
22390 \f
22391 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22392 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22393 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22395 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22397 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22398 Construct a regexp interactively.
22401 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22404 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22406 \(fn)" t nil)
22408 ;;;***
22409 \f
22410 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20709 26818
22411 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
22412 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22414 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22415 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22416 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22417 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22418 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22419 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22421 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22423 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22425 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22426 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22427 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22431 were operated on recently.
22433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22435 ;;;***
22436 \f
22437 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
22438 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
22439 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle copy-rectangle-as-kill kill-rectangle
22440 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle)
22441 ;;;;;; "rect" "rect.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22442 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22444 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22445 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22446 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22447 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22448 ends.
22450 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22451 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22452 to be deleted.
22454 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22456 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22457 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22458 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22460 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22461 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22462 deleted.
22464 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22466 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22467 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22468 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22470 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22472 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22473 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22475 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22476 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22478 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22479 deleted.
22481 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22482 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22483 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22484 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22485 even beep.)
22487 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22489 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22490 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22492 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22494 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22495 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22497 \(fn)" t nil)
22499 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22500 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22501 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22502 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22503 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22504 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22505 and point is at the lower right corner.
22507 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22509 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22510 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22512 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22513 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22515 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22516 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22517 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22519 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22521 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22523 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22524 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22525 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22526 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22527 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22529 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22530 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22532 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22534 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22535 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22536 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22538 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22540 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22542 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22544 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22545 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22547 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22548 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22549 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22551 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22553 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22554 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22555 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22557 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22558 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22559 rectangle which were empty.
22561 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22563 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22564 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22566 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22567 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22568 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22569 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22571 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22573 ;;;***
22574 \f
22575 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20709
22576 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
22577 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22579 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22580 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22581 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22582 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22583 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22585 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22586 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22587 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22588 auto-filling.
22592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22594 ;;;***
22595 \f
22596 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22597 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20709 26818
22598 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
22599 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22601 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22602 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22604 \(fn)" nil nil)
22606 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22613 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22614 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22618 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22621 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22622 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22625 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22626 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22628 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22632 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22633 on the menu bar.
22635 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22639 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22640 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22641 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22643 \(fn)" nil nil)
22645 ;;;***
22646 \f
22647 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22648 ;;;;;; (20734 30007 218637 0))
22649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22651 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22652 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22653 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22655 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22656 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22658 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22660 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22662 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22663 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22665 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22666 `reftex-cite-format'.
22668 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22669 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22670 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22671 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22673 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22675 ;;;***
22676 \f
22677 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22678 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22679 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22681 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22682 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22683 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22684 the current TeX document.
22686 With no argument, this command toggles
22687 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22688 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22692 ;;;***
22693 \f
22694 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22695 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22696 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22698 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22699 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22700 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22702 To insert new phrases, use
22706 To index phrases use one of:
22717 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22719 Here are all local bindings.
22723 \(fn)" t nil)
22725 ;;;***
22726 \f
22727 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22728 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22729 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22731 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22732 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22733 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22734 of master file.
22736 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22738 ;;;***
22739 \f
22740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20734
22741 ;;;;;; 30007 218637 0))
22742 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22743 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22744 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22745 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22746 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22748 ;;;***
22749 \f
22750 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22751 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22754 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22755 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22756 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22757 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22758 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22759 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22764 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22766 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22769 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22771 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22772 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22773 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22774 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22776 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22778 ;;;***
22779 \f
22780 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22781 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22782 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22783 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22785 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22786 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22787 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22788 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22790 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22792 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22794 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22795 Call `remember' in another frame.
22797 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22799 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22800 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22801 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22802 application.
22804 \(fn)" t nil)
22806 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22807 Extract diary entries from the region.
22809 \(fn)" nil nil)
22811 ;;;***
22812 \f
22813 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20709 26818 907104
22814 ;;;;;; 0))
22815 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22817 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22818 Repeat most recently executed command.
22819 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22820 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22821 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22823 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22824 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22825 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22826 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22828 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22832 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22834 ;;;***
22835 \f
22836 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22837 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22838 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22840 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22841 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22843 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22844 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22845 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22846 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22847 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22848 and point is left after the salutation.
22850 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22851 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22852 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22853 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22854 left after that text.
22856 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22857 is non-nil.
22859 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22860 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22861 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22862 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22864 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22866 ;;;***
22867 \f
22868 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22869 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22870 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22872 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22873 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22874 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22875 visibility of comments that precede it.
22876 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22877 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22878 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22879 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22880 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22881 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22882 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22883 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22884 the comment lines.
22885 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22886 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22887 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22888 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22889 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22893 ;;;***
22894 \f
22895 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22896 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22897 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22899 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22900 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22901 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22902 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22903 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22905 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22906 reveals invisible text around point.
22908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22910 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22911 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22912 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22913 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22914 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22915 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22917 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22919 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22920 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22921 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22923 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22924 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22925 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22929 ;;;***
22930 \f
22931 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22932 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22933 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22935 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22936 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22938 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22940 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22941 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22943 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22945 ;;;***
22946 \f
22947 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20709 26818
22948 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
22949 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22951 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22952 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22953 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22954 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22956 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22958 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22959 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22960 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22961 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22963 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22964 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22966 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22967 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22969 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22970 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22971 INPUT-ARGS.
22973 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22974 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22975 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22976 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22977 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22979 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22980 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22981 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22982 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22984 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22985 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22986 variable.
22988 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22990 ;;;***
22991 \f
22992 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22993 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22994 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22995 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22996 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
22997 ;;;;;; rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20723 59924 854722
22998 ;;;;;; 212000))
22999 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23001 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23002 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23004 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23006 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23008 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23009 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23010 Its name should end with a slash.")
23012 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23013 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23015 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23016 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23017 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23019 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23021 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23022 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23023 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23024 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23025 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23026 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23027 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23029 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23030 sent by you under different user names.
23031 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23033 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23035 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23037 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23039 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23040 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23041 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23042 explicitly.")
23044 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23046 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23047 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23048 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23049 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23050 which normally happens once for each message,
23051 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23052 To make a change in this variable take effect
23053 for a message that you have already viewed,
23056 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23058 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23059 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23060 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23061 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23063 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23065 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23066 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23068 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23071 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23072 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23074 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23076 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23077 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23078 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23079 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23080 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23083 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23085 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23086 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23088 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23091 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23093 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23095 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23096 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23098 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23099 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23101 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23103 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23104 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23106 This is set to nil by default.")
23108 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23109 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23110 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23111 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23112 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23113 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23114 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23116 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23117 Read and edit incoming mail.
23118 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23119 file in RMAIL Mode.
23122 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23123 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23124 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23125 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23127 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23129 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23131 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23133 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23134 Instead, these commands are available:
23150 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23151 till a deleted message is found.
23152 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23165 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23170 (label defaults to last one specified).
23171 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23181 \(fn)" t nil)
23183 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23184 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23186 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23188 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23189 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23191 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23193 ;;;***
23194 \f
23195 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23196 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20709 26818
23197 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23198 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23199 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23201 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23202 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23203 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23204 case it writes Babyl.
23206 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23207 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23208 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23209 `rmail-default-file'.
23211 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23212 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23213 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23215 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23216 the header display is currently pruned.
23218 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23219 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23220 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23221 messages after output.
23223 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23225 message (if writing a file directly).
23227 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23228 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23230 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23232 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23233 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23234 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23235 i) the header is output as currently seen
23236 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23237 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23239 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23240 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23241 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23243 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23245 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23246 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23247 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23249 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23250 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23251 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23253 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23254 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23255 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23257 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23259 ;;;***
23260 \f
23261 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23262 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23263 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23265 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23266 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23267 Return a pattern.
23269 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23271 ;;;***
23272 \f
23273 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23274 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23275 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23277 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23278 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23279 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23280 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23282 \(fn)" t nil)
23284 ;;;***
23285 \f
23286 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23287 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23288 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23290 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23291 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23293 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23294 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23295 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23296 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23297 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23299 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23300 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23301 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23302 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23304 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23305 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23307 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23308 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23309 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23310 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23311 to use for finding the schema.
23313 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23315 ;;;***
23316 \f
23317 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20709
23318 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
23319 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23321 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23323 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23324 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23325 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23326 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23327 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23328 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23329 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23330 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23331 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23332 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23333 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23334 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23335 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23336 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23337 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23338 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23339 must be equal.
23341 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23343 ;;;***
23344 \f
23345 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23346 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
23347 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23349 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23350 Define a robin package.
23352 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23353 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23354 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23355 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23357 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23358 one replaces the old one.
23360 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23362 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23363 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23365 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23366 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23367 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23369 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23371 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23372 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23374 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23376 ;;;***
23377 \f
23378 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23379 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20709 26818 907104
23380 ;;;;;; 0))
23381 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23383 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23384 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23386 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23388 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23389 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23391 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23393 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23394 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23396 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23398 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23399 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23400 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23402 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23403 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23404 in ROT13.
23406 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23408 \(fn)" t nil)
23410 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23411 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23413 \(fn)" t nil)
23415 ;;;***
23416 \f
23417 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23418 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23419 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23422 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23423 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23426 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23427 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23428 highlighting.
23432 \(fn)" t nil)
23434 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23435 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23436 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23437 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23438 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23440 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23441 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23442 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23446 ;;;***
23447 \f
23448 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23449 ;;;;;; (20742 24117 440849 0))
23450 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23452 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23453 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23455 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23456 nesting into account.
23458 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23462 \(fn)" t nil)
23470 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23472 ;;;***
23473 \f
23474 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20709
23475 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
23476 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23478 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23479 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23480 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23482 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23483 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23484 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23485 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23486 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23490 ;;;***
23491 \f
23492 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20709
23493 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
23494 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23496 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23497 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23498 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23499 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23501 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23503 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23504 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23505 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23507 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23508 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23509 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23511 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23512 notation.
23514 STRING
23515 matches string STRING literally.
23517 CHAR
23518 matches character CHAR literally.
23520 `not-newline', `nonl'
23521 matches any character except a newline.
23523 `anything'
23524 matches any character
23526 `(any SET ...)'
23527 `(in SET ...)'
23528 `(char SET ...)'
23529 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23530 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23531 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23533 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23534 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23535 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23536 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23538 `(not (any SET ...))'
23539 matches any character not in SET ...
23541 `line-start', `bol'
23542 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23543 in the text being matched
23545 `line-end', `eol'
23546 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23548 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23549 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23550 string being matched against.
23552 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23553 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23554 string being matched against.
23556 `buffer-start'
23557 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23558 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23560 `buffer-end'
23561 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23562 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23564 `point'
23565 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23567 `word-start', `bow'
23568 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23570 `word-end', `eow'
23571 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23573 `word-boundary'
23574 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23575 word.
23577 `(not word-boundary)'
23578 `not-word-boundary'
23579 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23580 word.
23582 `symbol-start'
23583 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23585 `symbol-end'
23586 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23588 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23589 matches 0 through 9.
23591 `control', `cntrl'
23592 matches ASCII control characters.
23594 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23595 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23597 `blank'
23598 matches space and tab only.
23600 `graphic', `graph'
23601 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23602 space, and DEL.
23604 `printing', `print'
23605 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23606 and DEL.
23608 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23609 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23610 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23612 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23613 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23614 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23616 `ascii'
23617 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23619 `nonascii'
23620 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23622 `lower', `lower-case'
23623 matches anything lower-case.
23625 `upper', `upper-case'
23626 matches anything upper-case.
23628 `punctuation', `punct'
23629 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23630 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23632 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23633 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23635 `word', `wordchar'
23636 matches anything that has word syntax.
23638 `not-wordchar'
23639 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23641 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23642 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23643 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23662 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23663 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23665 `(category CATEGORY)'
23666 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23667 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23709 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23710 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23712 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23713 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23714 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23715 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23716 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23718 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23719 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23720 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23721 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23723 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23724 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23725 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23726 group number N.
23728 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23729 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23730 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23731 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23732 regular expression.
23734 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23735 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23737 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23738 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23740 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23741 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23743 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23744 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23746 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23747 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23748 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23750 `(* SEXP ...)'
23751 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23752 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23754 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23755 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23756 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23758 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23759 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23760 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23762 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23763 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23765 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23766 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23768 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23769 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23770 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23771 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23773 `(? SEXP ...)'
23774 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23776 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23777 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23779 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23780 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23781 matches N occurrences.
23783 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23784 matches N or more occurrences.
23786 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23787 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23788 matches N to M occurrences.
23790 `(backref N)'
23791 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23793 `(eval FORM)'
23794 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23795 `regexp-quote' it.
23797 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23798 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23800 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23802 ;;;***
23803 \f
23804 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20709
23805 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
23806 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23808 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23809 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23810 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23813 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23815 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23817 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23818 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23820 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23821 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23823 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23824 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23825 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23826 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23828 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23829 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23830 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23834 ;;;***
23835 \f
23836 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23837 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23838 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23840 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23841 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23842 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23844 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23845 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23846 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23847 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23849 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23851 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23853 Commands:
23854 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23855 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23857 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23858 if that value is non-nil.
23860 \(fn)" t nil)
23862 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23863 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23864 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23866 Commands:
23867 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23868 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23870 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23871 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23872 that variable's value is a string.
23874 \(fn)" t nil)
23876 ;;;***
23877 \f
23878 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23879 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23880 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23882 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23883 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23884 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23888 \(fn)" t nil)
23890 ;;;***
23891 \f
23892 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23893 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23894 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23896 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23897 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23898 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23899 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23900 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23901 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23903 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23905 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23906 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23907 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23908 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23909 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23911 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23912 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23916 ;;;***
23917 \f
23918 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23919 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23920 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23922 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23923 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23924 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23925 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23926 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23927 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23928 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23929 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23933 ;;;***
23934 \f
23935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20709 26818 907104
23936 ;;;;;; 0))
23937 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23938 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23939 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23941 ;;;***
23942 \f
23943 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23944 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20745 310 425822 0))
23945 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23947 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23948 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23949 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23951 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23952 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23953 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23954 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23955 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23956 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23957 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23958 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23959 keybinding for tag names.
23960 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23961 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23962 of the symbol under point.
23963 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23964 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23965 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23966 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23967 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23968 syntax tokens.
23969 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23971 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23973 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23974 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23975 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23976 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23977 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23978 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23980 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23982 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23983 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23984 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23985 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23986 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23988 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23989 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23990 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23991 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23992 Semantic mode.
23996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23998 ;;;***
23999 \f
24000 ;;;### (autoloads (bovine-grammar-mode) "semantic/bovine/grammar"
24001 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24002 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24004 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24005 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24007 \(fn)" t nil)
24009 ;;;***
24010 \f
24011 ;;;### (autoloads (wisent-grammar-mode) "semantic/wisent/grammar"
24012 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24013 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24015 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24016 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24018 \(fn)" t nil)
24020 ;;;***
24021 \f
24022 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24023 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
24024 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
24025 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
24026 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
24027 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24028 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24029 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24030 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20723 59703 12265 0))
24031 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24033 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24036 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24037 king@grassland.com
24038 If `parens', they look like:
24039 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24040 If `angles', they look like:
24041 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24043 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24044 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24046 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24048 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24049 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24050 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24051 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24053 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24054 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24055 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24056 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24058 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24060 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24061 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24062 This is done when the message is initialized,
24063 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24065 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24067 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24068 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24069 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24071 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24073 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24074 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24075 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24076 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24077 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24078 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24079 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24081 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24083 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24084 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24086 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24088 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24089 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24090 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24091 be a Babyl file.")
24093 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24095 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24096 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24097 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24098 when you first send mail.")
24100 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24102 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24103 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24104 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24105 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24106 This file need not actually exist.")
24108 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24110 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24111 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24113 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24115 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24116 Alist of mail address aliases,
24117 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24118 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24119 can specify a different file name.)
24120 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24121 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24123 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24124 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24125 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24127 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24129 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24130 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24131 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24133 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24135 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24136 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24137 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24138 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24139 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24140 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24141 in the cited portion of the message.
24143 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24144 instead of no action.")
24146 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24148 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24149 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24150 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24151 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24152 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24154 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24156 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24157 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24158 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24159 If a string, that string is inserted.
24161 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24162 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24163 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24165 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24167 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24168 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24170 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24172 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24173 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24174 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24176 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24177 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24179 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24181 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24182 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24183 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24184 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24186 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24188 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24189 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24190 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24192 \(fn)" nil nil)
24194 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24196 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24199 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24201 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24202 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24203 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24208 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24220 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24221 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24223 \(fn)" t nil)
24225 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24226 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24228 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24230 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24232 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24233 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24234 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24235 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24236 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24237 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24239 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24240 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24241 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24243 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24244 User should not set this variable manually,
24245 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24246 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24247 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24249 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24250 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24251 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24252 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24254 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24255 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24260 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24261 to move to message header fields:
24264 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24265 when the message is initialized.
24267 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24268 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24270 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24271 is inserted.
24273 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24274 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24276 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24277 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24278 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24279 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24280 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24281 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24282 buffer without erasing the contents.
24284 The second through fifth arguments,
24285 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24286 the initial contents of those header fields.
24287 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24288 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24289 original message being replied to, or else an action
24290 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24291 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24292 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24293 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24294 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24295 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24297 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24299 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24300 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24302 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24304 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24305 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24307 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24309 ;;;***
24310 \f
24311 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24312 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20721
24313 ;;;;;; 17977 14204 0))
24314 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24316 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24318 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24320 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24322 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24323 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24324 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24326 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24329 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24330 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24332 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24333 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24334 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24339 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24341 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24342 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24343 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24344 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24346 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24348 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24349 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24350 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24351 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24352 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24353 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24355 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24357 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24358 Toggle Server mode.
24359 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24360 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24361 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24363 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24364 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24365 `server-start' for details.
24367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24369 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24370 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24371 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24373 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24374 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24376 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24378 ;;;***
24379 \f
24380 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24381 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24383 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24384 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24387 Key definitions:
24389 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24391 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24394 \(fn)" t nil)
24396 ;;;***
24397 \f
24398 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24399 ;;;;;; (20721 17977 14204 0))
24400 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24402 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24403 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24404 Makes > match <.
24406 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24408 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24409 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24410 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24412 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24413 in your init file.
24421 \(fn)" t nil)
24423 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24424 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24425 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24426 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24428 which this is based.
24430 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24432 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24433 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24434 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24435 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24437 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24438 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24439 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24441 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24442 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24443 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24444 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24449 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24453 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24454 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24455 To work around that, do:
24460 \(fn)" t nil)
24462 ;;;***
24463 \f
24464 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24465 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
24466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24467 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24469 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24470 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24471 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24472 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24473 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24474 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24476 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24477 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24478 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24479 shell-specific features.
24481 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24482 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24483 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24496 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24500 would indent to the way it currently is.
24502 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24512 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24513 unquoted < insert a here document.
24515 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24516 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24517 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24520 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24522 \(fn)" t nil)
24524 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24526 ;;;***
24527 \f
24528 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24529 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
24530 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24532 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24533 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24535 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24536 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24537 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24539 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24540 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24541 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24543 the earlier.
24545 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24549 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24550 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24553 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24554 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24556 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24557 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24558 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24559 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24560 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24561 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24562 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24563 Emacs version).
24565 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24566 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24567 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24568 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24569 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24571 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24572 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24574 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24576 ;;;***
24577 \f
24578 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24579 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20709
24580 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
24581 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24583 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24584 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24585 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24586 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24587 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24588 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24589 sites in the cluster.
24591 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24593 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24594 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24595 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24596 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24597 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24599 \(fn)" t nil)
24601 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24602 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24603 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24604 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24605 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24606 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24607 `shadow-define-cluster').
24609 \(fn)" t nil)
24611 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24612 Set up file shadowing.
24614 \(fn)" t nil)
24616 ;;;***
24617 \f
24618 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24619 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
24620 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24623 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24624 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24625 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24626 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24627 arguments.")
24629 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24631 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24632 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24633 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24634 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24635 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24637 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24638 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24639 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24640 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24641 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24642 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24643 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24644 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24645 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24646 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24647 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24649 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24652 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24653 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24654 `default-process-coding-system'.
24656 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24657 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24658 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24659 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24663 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24665 ;;;***
24666 \f
24667 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20709
24668 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
24669 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
24671 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24672 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24673 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24674 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24676 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24678 ;;;***
24679 \f
24680 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-kill sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload
24681 ;;;;;; sieve-manage) "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20709 26818 907104
24682 ;;;;;; 0))
24683 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24685 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24688 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24690 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24693 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24695 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24698 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24700 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24703 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24705 ;;;***
24706 \f
24707 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24708 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
24709 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24711 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24712 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24713 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24714 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24715 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24717 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24719 \(fn)" t nil)
24721 ;;;***
24722 \f
24723 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20709
24724 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
24725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24727 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24728 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24730 Variables controlling indentation style:
24731 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24732 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24733 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24734 `simula-indent-level'
24735 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24736 `simula-substatement-offset'
24737 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24738 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24739 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24740 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24741 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24742 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24743 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24744 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24745 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24746 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24747 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24748 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24749 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24750 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24751 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24752 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24753 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24754 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24755 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24756 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24757 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24758 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24759 or nil if they should not be changed.
24760 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24761 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24762 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24763 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24765 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24766 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24768 \(fn)" t nil)
24770 ;;;***
24771 \f
24772 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24773 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20709 26818 907104
24774 ;;;;;; 0))
24775 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24777 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24778 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24780 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24781 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24782 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24783 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24785 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24787 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24789 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24790 Insert SKELETON.
24791 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24792 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24793 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24794 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24797 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24798 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24800 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24802 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24803 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24805 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24806 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24807 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24808 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24810 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24811 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24812 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24813 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24815 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24816 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24817 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24819 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24820 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24822 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24823 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24826 _ interesting point, interregion here
24827 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24828 interesting point set by _
24829 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24830 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24831 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24832 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24833 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24834 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24835 nil skipped
24837 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24838 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24840 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24841 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24842 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24844 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24846 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24847 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24849 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24850 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24851 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24852 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24853 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24854 available:
24856 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24857 then: insert previously read string once more
24858 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24859 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24860 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24862 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24863 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24865 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24867 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24868 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24870 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24871 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24872 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24873 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24874 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24875 such as backslash.
24877 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24878 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24879 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24881 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24883 ;;;***
24884 \f
24885 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24886 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24887 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24889 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24890 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24891 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24892 buffer names.
24894 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24896 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24897 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24898 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24899 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24900 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24905 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24906 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24907 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24909 \(fn)" t nil)
24911 ;;;***
24912 \f
24913 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24914 ;;;;;; (20726 5184 974741 509000))
24915 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24917 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24918 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24919 A list of images is returned.
24921 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24923 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24924 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24925 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24927 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24929 ;;;***
24930 \f
24931 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24932 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24933 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24935 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24938 \(fn)" nil nil)
24940 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24941 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24943 \(fn)" t nil)
24945 ;;;***
24946 \f
24947 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20709 26818 907104
24948 ;;;;;; 0))
24949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24951 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24952 Play the Snake game.
24953 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24955 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24957 Snake mode keybindings:
24967 \(fn)" t nil)
24969 ;;;***
24970 \f
24971 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24972 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
24973 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24975 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24976 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24977 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24978 Tab indents for C code.
24979 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24980 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24982 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24983 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24985 \(fn)" t nil)
24987 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24988 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24989 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24990 Tab indents for C code.
24991 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24992 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24994 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24995 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24997 \(fn)" t nil)
24999 ;;;***
25000 \f
25001 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20709
25002 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
25003 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25005 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25006 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25007 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25008 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25009 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25011 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25015 ;;;***
25016 \f
25017 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20709
25018 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
25019 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25021 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25022 Play Solitaire.
25026 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25030 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25031 check after each move or undo.)
25033 What is Solitaire?
25035 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25036 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25037 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25039 Le Solitaire
25040 ============
25042 o o o
25044 o o o
25046 o o o o o o o
25048 o o o . o o o
25050 o o o o o o o
25052 o o o
25054 o o o
25056 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25057 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25058 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25059 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25061 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25062 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25063 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25064 this: o o .
25066 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25067 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25069 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25071 o o o
25073 . o o
25075 o o . o o o o
25077 o . o o o o o
25079 o o o o o o o
25081 o o o
25083 o o o
25085 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25089 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25091 ;;;***
25092 \f
25093 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-duplicate-lines reverse-region sort-columns
25094 ;;;;;; sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages
25095 ;;;;;; sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20709
25096 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
25097 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25098 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25100 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25101 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25103 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25104 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25105 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25106 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25107 contiguous.
25109 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25110 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25111 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25112 the sort order.
25114 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25115 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25117 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25118 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25119 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25120 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25121 is called.
25123 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25124 It should move point to the end of the record.
25126 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25127 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25128 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25129 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25130 starts at the beginning of the record.
25132 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25133 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25134 same as ENDRECFUN.
25136 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25137 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25138 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25139 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25140 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25141 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25142 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25144 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25146 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25147 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25148 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25149 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25150 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25151 the sort order.
25153 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25155 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25156 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25157 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25158 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25159 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25160 the sort order.
25162 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25164 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25165 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25166 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25167 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25168 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25169 the sort order.
25171 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25172 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25174 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25175 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25176 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25177 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25179 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25180 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25181 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25182 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25184 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25186 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25187 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25188 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25189 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25190 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25191 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25192 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25193 the sort order.
25195 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25197 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25198 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25199 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25200 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25202 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25205 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25206 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25208 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25210 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25211 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25212 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25214 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25216 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25217 the sort order.
25219 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25223 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25225 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25226 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25227 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25228 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25229 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25230 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25231 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25232 the sort order.
25234 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25235 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25236 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25237 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25240 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25242 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25243 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25244 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25246 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25248 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25249 Delete duplicate lines in the region between BEG and END.
25251 If REVERSE is nil, search and delete duplicates forward keeping the first
25252 occurrence of duplicate lines. If REVERSE is non-nil (when called
25253 interactively with C-u prefix), search and delete duplicates backward
25254 keeping the last occurrence of duplicate lines.
25256 If ADJACENT is non-nil (when called interactively with two C-u prefixes),
25257 delete repeated lines only if they are adjacent. It works like the utility
25258 `uniq' and is useful when lines are already sorted in a large file since
25259 this is more efficient in performance and memory usage than when ADJACENT
25260 is nil that uses additional memory to remember previous lines.
25262 When called from Lisp and INTERACTIVE is omitted or nil, return the number
25263 of deleted duplicate lines, do not print it; if INTERACTIVE is t, the
25264 function behaves in all respects as if it had been called interactively.
25266 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25268 ;;;***
25269 \f
25270 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20709
25271 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
25272 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25274 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25275 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25276 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25277 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25278 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25279 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25281 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25283 ;;;***
25284 \f
25285 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25286 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25287 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
25288 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25290 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25291 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25293 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25294 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25295 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25297 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25299 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25300 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25301 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25302 server.
25304 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25306 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25307 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25308 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25310 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25312 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25313 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25315 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25316 Agent is plugged.
25318 \(fn)" t nil)
25320 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25321 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25322 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25325 \(fn)" t nil)
25327 ;;;***
25328 \f
25329 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25330 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
25331 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25333 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25335 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25336 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25337 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25338 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25339 supported at a time.
25340 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25341 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25345 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25346 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25347 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25348 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25350 \(fn)" t nil)
25352 ;;;***
25353 \f
25354 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20709
25355 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
25356 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25358 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25359 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25361 \(fn)" t nil)
25363 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25364 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25366 \(fn)" nil nil)
25368 ;;;***
25369 \f
25370 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25371 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25372 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25373 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25374 ;;;;;; (20725 15032 264919 0))
25375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25377 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25378 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25380 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25381 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25382 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25383 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25384 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25385 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25386 of the current highlighting list.
25388 For example:
25390 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25393 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25394 `_t' as data types.
25396 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25398 (eval '(defun sql-help nil #("Show short help for the SQL modes.\n\nUse an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is\nusually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.\n\nUse the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:\n\n \\\\FREE\n\nOther non-free SQL implementations are also supported:\n\n \\\\NONFREE\n\nBut we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.\n\nYou can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the\ninterpreter for the current `sql-product'.\n\nOnce you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the\nbuffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt\nis generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions\nthat help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.\n\nIf you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a\nprocedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in\n`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be\nanything. The name of the major mode is SQL.\n\nIn this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire\nbuffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are\nappended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." 0 1 (dynamic-docstring-function sql--make-help-docstring)) (interactive) (describe-function 'sql-help)))
25400 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25401 Major mode to edit SQL.
25403 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25405 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25408 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25410 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25411 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25414 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25417 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25418 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25420 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25421 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25422 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25424 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25425 (lambda ()
25428 \(fn)" t nil)
25430 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25431 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25433 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25434 their settings.
25436 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25437 is specified in the connection settings.
25439 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25441 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25442 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25444 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25445 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25447 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25454 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25456 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25457 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25459 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25460 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25461 `*SQL*'.
25463 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25464 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25465 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25466 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25468 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25469 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25474 buffer.
25476 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25479 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25480 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25481 `default-process-coding-system'.
25485 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25487 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25488 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25490 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25491 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25492 `*SQL*'.
25494 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25495 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25496 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25497 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25499 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25500 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25505 buffer.
25507 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25510 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25511 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25512 `default-process-coding-system'.
25516 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25518 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25519 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25521 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25522 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25523 `*SQL*'.
25525 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25526 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25528 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25529 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25534 buffer.
25536 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25539 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25540 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25541 `default-process-coding-system'.
25545 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25547 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25548 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25550 SQLite is free software.
25552 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25553 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25554 `*SQL*'.
25556 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25557 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25558 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25559 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25561 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25562 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25567 buffer.
25569 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25572 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25573 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25574 `default-process-coding-system'.
25578 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25580 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25581 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25583 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25585 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25586 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25587 `*SQL*'.
25589 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25590 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25591 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25592 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25594 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25595 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25600 buffer.
25602 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25605 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25606 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25607 `default-process-coding-system'.
25611 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25613 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25614 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25616 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25617 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25618 `*SQL*'.
25620 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25621 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25622 defaults, if set.
25624 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25625 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25630 buffer.
25632 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25635 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25636 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25637 `default-process-coding-system'.
25641 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25643 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25644 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25646 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25647 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25648 `*SQL*'.
25650 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25651 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25653 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25654 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25659 buffer.
25661 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25664 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25665 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25666 `default-process-coding-system'.
25670 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25672 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25673 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25675 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25676 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25677 `*SQL*'.
25679 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25680 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25681 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25682 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25684 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25685 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25690 buffer.
25692 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25695 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25696 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25697 `default-process-coding-system'.
25701 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25703 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25704 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25706 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25707 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25708 `*SQL*'.
25710 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25711 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25712 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25713 `sql-postgres-options'.
25715 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25716 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25721 buffer.
25723 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25726 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25727 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25728 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25729 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25730 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25732 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25733 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25737 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25739 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25740 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25742 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25743 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25744 `*SQL*'.
25746 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25747 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25748 defaults, if set.
25750 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25751 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25756 buffer.
25758 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25761 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25762 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25763 `default-process-coding-system'.
25767 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25769 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25770 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25772 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25773 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25774 `*SQL*'.
25776 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25777 automatic login.
25779 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25780 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25783 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25784 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25785 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25790 buffer.
25792 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25795 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25796 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25797 `default-process-coding-system'.
25801 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25803 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25804 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25806 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25807 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25808 `*SQL*'.
25810 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25811 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25812 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25813 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25814 parameters.
25816 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25817 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25818 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25819 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25820 an empty password.
25822 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25823 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25828 buffer.
25832 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25834 ;;;***
25835 \f
25836 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25837 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
25838 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25840 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25841 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25843 \(fn)" t nil)
25845 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25847 ;;;***
25848 \f
25849 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
25850 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
25851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25853 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25854 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25855 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25856 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25857 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25858 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25859 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25860 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25861 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25862 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25863 with any buffer
25864 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25865 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25866 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25867 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25869 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25871 ;;;***
25872 \f
25873 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25874 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25875 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25876 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25877 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20709
25878 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
25879 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25881 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25882 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25883 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25884 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25885 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25886 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25888 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25890 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25892 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25893 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25894 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25895 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25896 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25897 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25898 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25900 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25902 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25903 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25904 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25905 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25906 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25907 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25908 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25910 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25912 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25913 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25914 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25916 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25918 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25919 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25920 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25922 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25924 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25925 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25927 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25929 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25930 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25932 \(fn)" t nil)
25934 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25935 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25937 \(fn)" t nil)
25939 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25940 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25942 chronologically by command name.
25943 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25945 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25947 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25948 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25949 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25951 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25952 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25954 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25956 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25957 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25958 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25959 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25960 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25963 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25968 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25977 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25978 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25979 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25980 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25982 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25984 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25985 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25987 \(fn)" t nil)
25989 ;;;***
25990 \f
25991 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25992 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
25993 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25995 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25996 Studlify-case the region.
25998 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26000 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26001 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26003 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26005 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26006 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26008 \(fn)" t nil)
26010 ;;;***
26011 \f
26012 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26013 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
26014 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26016 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26017 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26018 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26019 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26020 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26022 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
26023 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
26024 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26027 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26028 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26029 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26031 Nomenclature Subwords
26032 ===========================================================
26037 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26038 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26039 as words.
26043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26045 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26046 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26047 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26048 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26049 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26050 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26052 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26054 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26055 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26056 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26057 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26058 ARG is omitted or nil.
26060 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26061 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26062 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26066 ;;;***
26067 \f
26068 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26069 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
26070 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26072 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26073 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26074 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26075 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26076 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26077 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26078 original message but it does require a few things:
26080 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26082 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26083 reply buffer.
26085 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26086 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26087 original message.
26089 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26091 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26093 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26094 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26095 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26097 \(fn)" nil nil)
26099 ;;;***
26100 \f
26101 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20709
26102 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
26103 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26105 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26107 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26108 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26109 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26110 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26111 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26112 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26114 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26116 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26117 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26118 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26119 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26120 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26122 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26123 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26124 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26128 ;;;***
26129 \f
26130 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20709 26818
26131 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
26132 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26134 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26135 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26136 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26137 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26138 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26140 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26142 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26143 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26144 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26145 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26146 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26147 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26148 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26150 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26152 ;;;***
26153 \f
26154 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26155 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26156 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26157 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26158 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26159 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26160 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26161 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26162 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26163 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26164 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26165 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26166 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
26167 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26169 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26170 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26171 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26173 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26175 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26176 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26178 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26180 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26181 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26183 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26185 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26186 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26188 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26190 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26191 Insert an editable text table.
26192 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26193 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26194 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26195 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26196 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26197 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26198 delimiting them.
26200 Examples:
26204 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26205 location of point.
26207 -!-
26210 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26211 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26212 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26213 first cell.
26215 +-----+-----+-----+
26216 |-!- | | |
26217 +-----+-----+-----+
26221 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26222 width, which results as
26224 +--------------+-----+-----+
26225 |-!- | | |
26226 +--------------+-----+-----+
26228 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26229 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26231 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26232 | | |-!- |
26233 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26235 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26236 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26237 width information to `table-insert'.
26239 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26241 instead of
26243 Cell width(s): 5
26245 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26246 work all together.
26248 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26251 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26252 |-!- | | |
26253 | | | |
26254 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26258 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26259 |-!- | | |
26260 | | | |
26261 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26262 | | | |
26263 | | | |
26264 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26266 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26268 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26269 | | | |
26270 | | | |
26271 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26272 | | | |
26273 | | | |
26274 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26275 -!-
26277 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26278 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26279 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26281 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26282 | | | |
26283 | | | |
26284 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26285 | | | |
26286 | | | |
26287 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26288 |-!- | | |
26289 | | | |
26290 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26292 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26293 results.
26295 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26296 | | | |
26297 | | | |
26298 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26299 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26300 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26301 | | |expected results.-!- |
26302 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26303 | | | |
26304 | | | |
26305 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26307 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26311 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26313 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26314 Insert N table row(s).
26315 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26316 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26317 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26318 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26320 \(fn N)" t nil)
26322 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26323 Insert N table column(s).
26324 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26325 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26326 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26327 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26329 \(fn N)" t nil)
26331 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26332 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26333 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26335 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26337 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26338 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26339 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26340 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26341 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26342 all the table specific features.
26344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26346 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26349 \(fn)" t nil)
26351 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26352 Recognize all tables within region.
26353 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26354 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26355 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26356 specific features.
26358 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26360 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26363 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26365 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26366 Recognize a table at point.
26367 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26368 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26369 the table specific features.
26371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26373 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26376 \(fn)" t nil)
26378 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26379 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26380 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26381 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26382 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26383 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26384 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26386 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26388 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26391 \(fn)" t nil)
26393 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26394 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26395 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26396 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26397 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26398 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26399 specified.
26401 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26403 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26404 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26405 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26406 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26407 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26408 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26409 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26410 table structure.
26412 \(fn N)" t nil)
26414 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26415 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26416 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26417 table's rectangle structure.
26419 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26421 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26422 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26423 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26424 table's rectangle structure.
26426 \(fn N)" t nil)
26428 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26429 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26430 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26431 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26432 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26434 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26436 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26440 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26441 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26442 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26443 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26444 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26445 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26446 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26448 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26449 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26450 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26451 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26452 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26453 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26454 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26456 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26457 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26458 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26459 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26460 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26461 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26462 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26463 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26465 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26467 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26468 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26469 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26470 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26474 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26475 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26476 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26478 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26480 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26481 Split current cell vertically.
26482 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26484 \(fn)" t nil)
26486 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26487 Split current cell horizontally.
26488 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26490 \(fn)" t nil)
26492 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26493 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26494 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26496 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26498 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26499 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26500 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26501 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26503 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26505 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26506 Justify cell contents.
26507 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26508 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26509 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26510 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26512 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26514 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26515 Justify cells of a row.
26516 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26517 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26519 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26521 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26522 Justify cells of a column.
26523 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26524 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26526 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26528 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26529 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26530 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26531 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26532 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26533 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26534 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26536 run-time.
26538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26540 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26541 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26542 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26543 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26544 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26545 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26546 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26547 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26548 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26549 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26550 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26552 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26554 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26555 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26556 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26557 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26558 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26559 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26560 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26561 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26562 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26563 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26564 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26565 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26566 untouched.
26568 References used for this implementation:
26570 HTML:
26571 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26573 LaTeX:
26574 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26576 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26577 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26578 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26580 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26582 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26583 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26584 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26585 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26586 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26587 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26588 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26589 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26590 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26591 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26592 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26593 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26594 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26595 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26596 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26597 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26598 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26600 Example:
26602 (progn
26603 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26604 (table-forward-cell 15)
26606 (table-forward-cell 16)
26608 (table-forward-cell 1)
26611 (progn
26612 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26614 (table-forward-cell 1)
26617 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26619 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26620 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26621 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26622 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26623 consists from cells of same height.
26625 \(fn N)" t nil)
26627 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26628 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26629 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26630 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26631 column must consists from cells of same width.
26633 \(fn N)" t nil)
26635 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26636 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26637 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26638 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26639 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26640 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26641 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26642 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26643 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26644 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26645 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26646 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26647 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26648 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26649 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26652 Example 1:
26654 1, 2, 3, 4
26655 5, 6, 7, 8
26656 , 9, 10
26658 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26660 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26661 specified as 5.
26663 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26664 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26665 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26666 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26667 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26668 | | 9 | 10 | |
26669 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26671 Note:
26675 of each row is optional.
26678 Example 2:
26680 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26681 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26682 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26683 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26684 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26686 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26687 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26689 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26690 expression and raw delimiter regular
26691 expression, it parses the specified text
26692 area and extracts cell items from
26693 non-table text and then forms a table out
26694 of them.
26696 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26697 creates a single cell table. The text in
26698 the specified region is placed in that
26699 cell.-*-
26701 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26702 like this.
26704 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26705 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26706 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26707 | |
26708 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26709 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26710 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26711 | area and extracts cell items from |
26712 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26713 | of them. |
26714 | |
26715 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26716 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26717 | the specified region is placed in that |
26718 | cell. |
26719 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26721 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26722 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26723 independently.
26725 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26726 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26727 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26728 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26729 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26730 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26731 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26732 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26733 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26734 | |of them. |
26735 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26736 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26737 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26738 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26739 | |cell. |
26740 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26742 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26743 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26744 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26746 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26748 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26749 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26750 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26751 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26752 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26754 \(fn)" t nil)
26756 ;;;***
26757 \f
26758 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20709 26818
26759 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
26760 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26762 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26763 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26765 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26767 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26768 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26770 \(fn)" t nil)
26772 ;;;***
26773 \f
26774 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20709 26818
26775 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
26776 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26778 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26779 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26780 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26781 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26782 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26783 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26784 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26786 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26788 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26789 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26791 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26794 \(fn)" t nil)
26796 ;;;***
26797 \f
26798 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26799 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
26800 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26802 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26803 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26804 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26805 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26806 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26807 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26809 Variables controlling indentation style:
26810 `tcl-indent-level'
26811 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26812 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26813 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26815 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26816 documentation for details):
26817 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26818 Controls action of TAB key.
26819 `tcl-auto-newline'
26820 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26821 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26822 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26823 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26824 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26826 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26827 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26828 already exist.
26830 \(fn)" t nil)
26832 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26833 Run inferior Tcl process.
26834 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26835 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26837 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26839 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26840 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26841 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26843 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26845 ;;;***
26846 \f
26847 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20709 26818
26848 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
26849 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26851 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26852 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26853 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26856 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26857 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26858 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26859 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26860 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26862 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26864 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26865 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26866 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26867 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26869 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26871 ;;;***
26872 \f
26873 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26874 ;;;;;; (20712 3008 596088 0))
26875 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26877 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26878 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26879 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26880 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26881 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26882 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26884 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26886 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26887 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26888 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26889 commands to use in that buffer.
26893 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26895 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26896 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26898 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26900 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26901 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26902 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26905 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26906 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26907 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26908 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26909 use in that buffer.
26912 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26914 ;;;***
26915 \f
26916 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26917 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
26918 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26920 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26921 Start coverage on function under point.
26923 \(fn)" t nil)
26925 ;;;***
26926 \f
26927 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20709 26818
26928 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
26929 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26931 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26932 Play the Tetris game.
26933 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26934 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26935 as to form complete rows.
26937 tetris-mode keybindings:
26948 \(fn)" t nil)
26950 ;;;***
26951 \f
26952 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26953 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26954 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26955 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26956 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26957 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26958 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26959 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
26960 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26962 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26963 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26965 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26967 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26968 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26969 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26973 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26975 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26976 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26977 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26978 if it matches the first line of the file,
26979 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26981 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26983 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26984 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26985 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26986 if the variable is non-nil.")
26988 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26990 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26993 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26995 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26996 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26997 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26998 See the documentation of that variable.")
27000 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27002 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27003 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27004 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27005 See the documentation of that variable.")
27007 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27009 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27010 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27011 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27012 See the documentation of that variable.")
27014 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27016 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27017 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27018 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27019 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27020 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27022 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27025 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27026 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27027 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27029 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27031 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27032 User defined LaTeX block names.
27033 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27035 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27037 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27038 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27039 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27040 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27042 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27044 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27046 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27047 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27049 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27051 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27053 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27054 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27056 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27057 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27058 for example,
27060 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27064 use.")
27066 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27068 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27070 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27071 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27072 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27074 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27076 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27078 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27082 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27084 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27085 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27086 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27087 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27088 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27090 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27092 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27095 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27097 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27100 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27102 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27103 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27104 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27105 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27106 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27107 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27108 says which mode to use.
27110 \(fn)" t nil)
27112 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27114 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27116 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27118 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27119 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27120 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27125 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27133 mismatched $'s or braces.
27135 Special commands:
27138 Mode variables:
27139 tex-run-command
27141 tex-directory
27142 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27144 tex-dvi-print-command
27146 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27148 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27149 tex-dvi-view-command
27151 tex-show-queue-command
27155 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27156 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27157 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27159 \(fn)" t nil)
27161 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27162 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27163 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27176 mismatched $'s or braces.
27178 Special commands:
27181 Mode variables:
27182 latex-run-command
27184 tex-directory
27185 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27187 tex-dvi-print-command
27189 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27191 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27192 tex-dvi-view-command
27194 tex-show-queue-command
27198 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27199 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27200 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27202 \(fn)" t nil)
27204 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27205 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27206 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27219 mismatched $'s or braces.
27221 Special commands:
27224 Mode variables:
27225 slitex-run-command
27227 tex-directory
27228 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27230 tex-dvi-print-command
27232 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27234 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27235 tex-dvi-view-command
27237 tex-show-queue-command
27241 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27242 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27243 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27244 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27246 \(fn)" t nil)
27248 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27251 \(fn)" nil nil)
27253 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27254 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27256 \(fn)" t nil)
27258 ;;;***
27259 \f
27260 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27261 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27262 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27264 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27265 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27266 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27267 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27269 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27270 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27271 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27273 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27275 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27276 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27277 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27279 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27281 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27283 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27284 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27285 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27286 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27288 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27289 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27290 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27291 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27293 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27294 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27296 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27298 ;;;***
27299 \f
27300 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27301 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27302 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27304 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27307 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27309 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27312 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27314 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27315 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27317 It has these extra commands:
27320 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27322 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27323 modified version of TeX input format.
27325 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27326 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27327 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27331 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27332 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27333 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27334 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27336 in the Texinfo file.
27338 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27339 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27340 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27342 move forward past the closing brace.
27344 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27345 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27347 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27348 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27349 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27351 Here are the functions:
27355 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27359 texinfo-master-menu
27361 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27363 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27364 which menu descriptions are indented.
27366 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27367 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27368 in the region.
27370 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27371 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27372 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27373 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27375 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27376 be the first node in the file.
27378 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27379 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27381 \(fn)" t nil)
27383 ;;;***
27384 \f
27385 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27386 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27387 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
27388 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27390 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27391 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27392 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27393 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27395 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27397 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27398 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27400 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27402 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27403 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27405 \(fn)" t nil)
27407 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27410 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27412 ;;;***
27413 \f
27414 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27415 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27416 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27417 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27419 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27420 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27421 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27422 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27423 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27424 `line', and `page'.
27426 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27428 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27429 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27430 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27431 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27432 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27433 `line', and `page'.
27435 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27436 valid THING.
27438 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27439 positions of the thing found.
27441 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27443 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27444 Return the THING at point.
27445 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27446 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27447 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27448 `line', `number', and `page'.
27450 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27451 a symbol as a valid THING.
27453 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27455 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27456 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27458 \(fn)" nil nil)
27460 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27461 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27463 \(fn)" nil nil)
27465 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27466 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27468 \(fn)" nil nil)
27470 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27471 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27473 \(fn)" nil nil)
27475 ;;;***
27476 \f
27477 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27478 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27479 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
27480 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27482 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27483 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27485 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27487 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27488 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27489 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27490 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27492 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27494 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27495 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27497 \(fn)" t nil)
27499 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27500 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27502 \(fn)" t nil)
27504 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27506 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27507 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27509 \(fn)" t nil)
27511 ;;;***
27512 \f
27513 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27514 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27515 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27516 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27517 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20709
27518 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
27519 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27521 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27522 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27523 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27525 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27527 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27528 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27530 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27532 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27533 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27534 The returned string has no composition information.
27536 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27538 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27539 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27541 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27543 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27544 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27546 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27548 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27549 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27550 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27551 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27553 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27555 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27556 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27557 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27558 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27560 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27562 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27563 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27564 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27566 \(fn)" t nil)
27568 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27569 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27570 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27572 \(fn)" t nil)
27574 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27577 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27579 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27582 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27584 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27587 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27589 ;;;***
27590 \f
27591 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27592 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
27593 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27595 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27596 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27597 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27598 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27599 parameters.
27600 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27602 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27604 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27605 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27606 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27607 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27608 parameters.
27609 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27611 \(fn)" t nil)
27613 ;;;***
27614 \f
27615 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27616 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27617 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27618 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27620 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27623 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27624 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27626 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27627 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27628 This display updates automatically every minute.
27629 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27630 are displayed as well.
27631 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27633 \(fn)" t nil)
27635 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27636 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27637 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27638 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27639 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27640 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27642 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27644 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27645 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27646 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27647 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27648 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27650 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27651 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27652 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27653 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27654 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27658 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27659 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27660 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27661 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27663 \(fn)" t nil)
27665 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27666 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27667 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27670 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27672 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27673 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27675 \(fn)" t nil)
27677 ;;;***
27678 \f
27679 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27680 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27681 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27682 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27683 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
27684 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27686 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27687 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27688 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27690 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27691 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27692 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27693 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27694 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27695 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27697 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27698 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27700 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27702 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27703 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27705 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27707 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27708 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27710 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27712 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27713 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27714 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27716 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27718 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27720 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27721 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27722 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27724 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27726 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27727 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27729 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27731 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27732 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27733 DATE should be a date-time string.
27735 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27737 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27738 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27739 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27741 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27743 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27744 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27746 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27748 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27749 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27751 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27753 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27754 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27755 TIME should be a time value.
27756 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27758 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27760 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27761 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27762 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27764 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27766 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27767 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27768 The valid format specifiers are:
27769 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27770 %d is the number of days.
27771 %h is the number of hours.
27772 %m is the number of minutes.
27773 %s is the number of seconds.
27774 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27778 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27786 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27788 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27790 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27792 ;;;***
27793 \f
27794 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27795 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27796 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27797 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27798 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27799 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27800 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27801 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27802 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27803 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27804 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27806 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27807 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27808 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27809 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27810 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27811 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27812 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27813 look like one of the following:
27814 Time-stamp: <>
27816 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27817 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27818 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27819 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27820 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27821 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27822 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27823 the template.
27825 \(fn)" t nil)
27827 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27829 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27833 ;;;***
27834 \f
27835 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27836 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27837 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27838 ;;;;;; timeclock-mode-line-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27839 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
27840 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27842 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27843 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27844 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27845 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27846 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27847 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27848 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27849 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27850 display (non-nil means on).
27852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27854 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27855 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27856 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27857 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27858 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27859 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27860 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27861 this function is called within a day.
27863 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27864 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27865 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27866 discover the name of the project.
27868 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27870 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27871 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27872 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27873 begun during the last time segment.
27875 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27876 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27877 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27878 discover the reason.
27880 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27882 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27883 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27884 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27885 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27886 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27888 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27890 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27891 Change to working on a different project.
27892 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27893 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27894 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27895 working on.
27897 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27899 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27900 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27901 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27903 \(fn)" nil nil)
27905 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27906 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27907 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27909 \(fn)" t nil)
27911 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27912 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27913 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27914 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27915 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27918 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27920 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27921 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27922 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27923 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27925 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27927 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27928 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27929 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27930 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27931 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27932 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27934 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27936 ;;;***
27937 \f
27938 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27939 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27940 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27942 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27943 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27944 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27945 the generated Quail package is saved.
27947 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27949 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27950 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27951 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27952 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27957 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27959 ;;;***
27960 \f
27961 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27962 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27963 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27964 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27965 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27967 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27968 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27969 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27970 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27971 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27973 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27975 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27976 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27977 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27978 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27979 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27981 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27983 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27984 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27985 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27986 in the menu in two ways:
27987 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27988 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27989 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27991 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27992 keymap or an alist of alists.
27993 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27994 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27996 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27998 ;;;***
27999 \f
28000 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28001 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28002 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28003 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28005 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28006 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28008 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28010 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28011 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28013 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28015 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28016 Insert new TODO list entry.
28017 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28018 category.
28020 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28022 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28023 List top priorities for each category.
28025 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28026 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28028 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28029 between each category.
28030 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28032 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28034 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28035 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28036 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28037 between each category.
28039 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28041 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28043 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28044 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28046 \(fn)" t nil)
28048 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28049 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28051 \(fn)" nil nil)
28053 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28054 Show TODO list.
28056 \(fn)" t nil)
28058 ;;;***
28059 \f
28060 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28061 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28062 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28063 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28065 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28066 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28067 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28071 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28072 Add an item to the tool bar.
28073 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28074 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28075 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28076 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28078 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28079 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28080 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28081 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28083 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28084 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28086 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28088 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28089 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28090 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28091 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28092 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28093 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28095 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28096 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28097 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28098 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28100 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28102 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28103 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28104 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28105 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28106 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28107 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28108 properties to add to the binding.
28110 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28112 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28113 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28115 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28117 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28118 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28119 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28120 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28121 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28122 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28123 properties to add to the binding.
28125 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28126 holds a keymap.
28128 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28130 ;;;***
28131 \f
28132 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28133 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28136 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28137 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28138 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28139 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28140 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28141 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28143 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28145 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28146 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28147 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28148 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28149 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28153 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28155 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28156 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28158 \(fn)" t nil)
28160 ;;;***
28161 \f
28162 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28163 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28164 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28166 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28167 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28169 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28170 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28171 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28172 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28173 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28175 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28176 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28177 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28178 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28179 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28182 (tpu-edt)
28184 Known Problems:
28186 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28187 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28188 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28189 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28190 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28191 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28193 \(fn)" t nil)
28195 ;;;***
28196 \f
28197 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20709 26818
28198 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28199 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28201 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28202 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28203 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28204 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28205 to a tcp server on another machine.
28207 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28209 ;;;***
28210 \f
28211 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function-foreground
28212 ;;;;;; trace-buffer) "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20727 56759
28213 ;;;;;; 628211 0))
28214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28216 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28217 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28219 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28221 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28222 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28223 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28224 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28225 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28226 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28227 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28228 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28230 To untrace a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28232 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28234 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28235 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28236 Like `trace-function-foreground' but without popping up the trace BUFFER or
28237 changing the window configuration.
28239 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28241 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28243 ;;;***
28244 \f
28245 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28246 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28247 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28248 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20746 21181 635406 0))
28249 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28251 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28252 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28253 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28255 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28257 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28258 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28260 It can have the following values:
28262 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28263 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28264 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28266 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28268 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
28269 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28270 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28271 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28273 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28276 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28277 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28278 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28281 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28282 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28284 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28285 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28286 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28287 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28288 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28289 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28290 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28291 files which are not really Tramp files.
28293 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28294 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28295 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28296 updated after changing this variable.
28298 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28300 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28301 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28302 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28303 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28305 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28308 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28309 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28310 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28312 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
28313 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28314 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28316 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28317 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28318 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28320 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28321 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28322 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28323 updated after changing this variable.
28325 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28327 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28328 Alist of completion handler functions.
28329 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28330 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28331 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28333 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28334 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28335 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28336 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28338 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28339 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28340 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28341 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28343 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28344 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28345 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28347 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28349 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28350 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28351 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28353 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28354 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28356 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28358 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28361 \(fn)" nil nil)
28363 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28364 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28366 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28368 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28369 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28371 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28373 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28374 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28376 \(fn)" t nil)
28378 ;;;***
28379 \f
28380 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28381 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28382 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28384 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28387 \(fn)" nil nil)
28389 ;;;***
28390 \f
28391 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20709
28392 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28393 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28395 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28396 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28397 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28398 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28399 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28400 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28401 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28402 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28404 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28405 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28406 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28408 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28409 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28410 resumed later.
28412 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28414 ;;;***
28415 \f
28416 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28417 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
28418 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28420 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28423 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28425 ;;;***
28426 \f
28427 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28428 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28429 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28430 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28431 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28432 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28434 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28435 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28438 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28439 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28440 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28442 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28444 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28445 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28446 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28447 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28451 \(fn)" t nil)
28453 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28454 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28455 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28456 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28457 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28458 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28459 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28461 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28462 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28464 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28471 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28473 ;;;***
28474 \f
28475 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28476 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28477 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28478 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28480 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28481 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28482 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28483 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28484 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28485 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28487 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28489 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28490 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28491 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28493 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28494 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28495 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28496 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28497 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28498 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28499 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28501 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28502 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28504 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28505 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28506 reset the keystroke counter.
28508 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28509 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28510 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28511 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28513 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28514 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28515 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28516 `type-break-schedule' command.
28518 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28519 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28520 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28521 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28522 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28523 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28524 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28525 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28526 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28528 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28529 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28530 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28531 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28532 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28534 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28535 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28536 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28537 approximate good values for this.
28539 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28540 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28542 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28543 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28544 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28545 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28546 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28547 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28549 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28550 a typing break occur. They include:
28552 `type-break-query-mode'
28553 `type-break-query-function'
28554 `type-break-query-interval'
28556 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28558 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28559 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28560 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28561 problems.
28563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28565 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28566 Take a typing break.
28568 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28569 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28571 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28572 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28574 \(fn)" t nil)
28576 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28577 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28578 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28579 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28581 \(fn)" t nil)
28583 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28584 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28586 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28587 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28588 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28589 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28590 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28591 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28592 average typing speed.)
28594 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28595 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28596 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28597 the computed maximum threshold.
28599 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28600 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28601 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28602 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28603 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28605 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28607 ;;;***
28608 \f
28609 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20709 26818
28610 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28611 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28613 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28614 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28615 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28616 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28617 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28619 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28621 ;;;***
28622 \f
28623 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28624 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28625 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28626 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28627 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28628 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28629 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28631 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28632 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28634 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28636 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28637 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28639 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28641 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28642 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28644 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28646 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28647 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28649 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28651 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28652 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28654 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28656 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28657 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28659 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28661 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28662 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28664 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28666 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28667 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28669 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28671 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28672 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28674 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28676 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28677 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28679 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28681 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28682 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28684 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28686 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28687 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28689 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28691 ;;;***
28692 \f
28693 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28694 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28695 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28697 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28698 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28699 Works by overstriking underscores.
28700 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28701 which specify the range to operate on.
28703 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28705 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28706 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28707 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28708 which specify the range to operate on.
28710 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28712 ;;;***
28713 \f
28714 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28715 ;;;;;; (20731 53823 676680 0))
28716 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28718 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28719 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28720 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28721 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28722 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28723 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28725 \(fn)" nil nil)
28727 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28728 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28729 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28731 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28733 ;;;***
28734 \f
28735 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20709
28736 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28739 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28740 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28741 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28742 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28744 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28746 ;;;***
28747 \f
28748 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28749 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28750 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28752 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28753 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28754 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28755 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28756 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28758 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28759 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28760 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28761 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28762 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28763 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28765 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28766 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28767 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28769 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28770 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28771 the callback is not called).
28773 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28774 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28775 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28776 take effect.
28778 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28779 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28780 the server.
28781 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28782 URL-encoded before it's used.
28784 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28786 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28787 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28788 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28789 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28790 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28792 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28794 ;;;***
28795 \f
28796 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28797 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28798 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28800 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28801 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28802 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28804 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28805 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28806 `url-generic-parse-url'
28807 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28808 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28809 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28810 realm
28811 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28812 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28813 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28814 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28815 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28816 what type of auth to use
28817 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28818 if one cannot be found in the cache
28820 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28822 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28823 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28825 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28826 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28827 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28828 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28829 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28830 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28831 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28832 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28834 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28836 ;;;***
28837 \f
28838 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
28839 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28840 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28842 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28843 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28845 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28847 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28848 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28849 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28851 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28853 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28854 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28856 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28858 ;;;***
28859 \f
28860 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20709 26818
28861 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28862 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28864 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28867 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28869 ;;;***
28870 \f
28871 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-request url-dav-supported-p)
28872 ;;;;;; "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28873 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28875 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28876 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28877 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28879 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28881 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28882 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28883 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28884 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28886 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28887 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28888 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28889 though.
28891 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28893 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28894 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28895 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28897 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28899 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28902 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28904 ;;;***
28905 \f
28906 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20709
28907 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28908 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28910 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28911 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28913 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28915 ;;;***
28916 \f
28917 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28918 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28919 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28921 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28922 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28924 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28926 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28927 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28928 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28929 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28930 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28932 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28934 ;;;***
28935 \f
28936 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28937 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28938 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28939 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28941 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28942 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28943 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28944 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28945 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28946 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28948 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28950 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28951 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28953 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28954 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28958 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28959 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28960 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28961 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28963 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28965 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28966 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28967 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28968 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28969 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28970 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28971 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28972 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28973 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28974 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28976 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28978 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28979 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28980 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28981 accessible.
28983 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28985 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28988 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28990 ;;;***
28991 \f
28992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20709 26818 907104
28993 ;;;;;; 0))
28994 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28995 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28997 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28998 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28999 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29000 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29001 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29003 ;;;***
29004 \f
29005 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20709 26818
29006 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29007 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29009 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29012 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29014 ;;;***
29015 \f
29016 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20709
29017 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
29018 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29020 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29021 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29022 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29023 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29024 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29026 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29028 ;;;***
29029 \f
29030 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29031 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29032 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29034 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29037 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29039 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29040 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29042 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29044 ;;;***
29045 \f
29046 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29047 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20709 26818 907104
29048 ;;;;;; 0))
29049 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29051 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29052 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29054 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29056 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29057 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29059 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29061 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29064 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29066 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29068 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29070 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29072 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29073 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29075 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29077 ;;;***
29078 \f
29079 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29080 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29081 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29083 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29086 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29088 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29091 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29093 ;;;***
29094 \f
29095 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29096 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29097 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29098 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29100 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29103 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29105 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29108 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29110 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29113 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29115 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29118 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29120 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29123 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29125 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29128 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29130 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29133 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29135 ;;;***
29136 \f
29137 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29138 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
29139 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29141 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29142 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29144 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29146 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29147 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29148 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29150 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29151 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29152 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29153 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29154 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29155 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29156 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29157 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29158 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29159 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29160 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29161 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29162 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29165 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29166 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29167 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29169 Here is an example. The URL
29171 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29173 parses to
29179 PORTSPEC = 42
29182 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29183 FULLNESS = t
29185 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29187 ;;;***
29188 \f
29189 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29190 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29191 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29193 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29194 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29196 \(fn)" t nil)
29198 ;;;***
29199 \f
29200 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
29201 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29202 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29204 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29205 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29206 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29207 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29208 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29209 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29211 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29213 ;;;***
29214 \f
29215 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29216 ;;;;;; url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
29217 ;;;;;; url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
29218 ;;;;;; url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
29219 ;;;;;; url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
29220 ;;;;;; url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
29221 ;;;;;; url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20709
29222 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
29223 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29225 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29226 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29227 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29229 If t, all messages will be logged.
29230 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29231 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29233 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29235 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29238 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29240 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29243 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29245 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29246 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29248 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29249 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29250 & ==> &
29251 < ==> <
29252 > ==> >
29255 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29257 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29258 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29259 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29261 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29263 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29264 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29265 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29267 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29269 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29270 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29272 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29274 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29275 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29277 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29279 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29280 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29282 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29284 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29287 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29289 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29292 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29294 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29297 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29299 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29301 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29302 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29304 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29306 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29307 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29309 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29311 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29314 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29316 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29317 Build a query-string.
29319 Given a QUERY in the form:
29320 '((key1 val1)
29321 (key2 val2)
29322 (key3 val1 val2)
29323 (key4)
29326 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29328 This will return a string
29330 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29331 be used.
29338 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29340 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29341 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29342 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29343 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29344 forbidden in URL encoding.
29346 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29348 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29349 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29350 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29351 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29352 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29355 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29356 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29357 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29358 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29360 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29362 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29363 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29364 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29365 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29366 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29367 should return it unchanged.
29369 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29371 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29372 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29373 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29374 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29376 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29378 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29379 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29380 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29382 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29384 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29385 View the current document's URL.
29386 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29387 the minibuffer.
29389 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29391 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29393 ;;;***
29394 \f
29395 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29396 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
29397 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29399 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29400 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29401 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29402 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29403 to refrain from editing the file
29404 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29405 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29406 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29407 in any way you like.
29409 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29411 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29412 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29413 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29414 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29415 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29417 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29418 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29420 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29422 ;;;***
29423 \f
29424 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29425 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29426 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
29427 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29429 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29432 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29434 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29437 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29439 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29442 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29444 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29447 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29449 ;;;***
29450 \f
29451 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20709 26818
29452 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29455 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29456 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29458 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29460 ;;;***
29461 \f
29462 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29463 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29464 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29465 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29467 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29468 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29469 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29470 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29472 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29474 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29475 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29476 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29478 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29480 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29481 Uudecode region between START and END.
29482 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29484 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29486 ;;;***
29487 \f
29488 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29489 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
29490 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29491 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29492 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
29493 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29494 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20713
29495 ;;;;;; 23861 754849 0))
29496 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29498 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29499 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29500 See `run-hooks'.")
29502 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29504 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29505 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29506 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29508 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29510 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29511 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29512 See `run-hooks'.")
29514 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29516 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29517 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29518 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29519 same state. If not, signal an error.
29521 For merging-based version control systems:
29522 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29523 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29524 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29525 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29526 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29527 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29529 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29530 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29531 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29532 the file(s) for editing.
29533 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29534 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29535 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29536 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29537 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29538 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29540 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29542 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29543 Register into a version control system.
29544 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29545 Otherwise register the current file.
29546 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29547 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29549 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29550 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29551 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29552 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29553 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29554 first backend that could register the file is used.
29556 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29558 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29559 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29561 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29563 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29564 Display diffs between file revisions.
29565 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29566 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29567 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29569 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29570 saving the buffer.
29572 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29574 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29575 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29576 repository history using ediff.
29578 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29580 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29581 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29582 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29583 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29584 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29586 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29587 saving the buffer.
29589 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29591 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29592 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29593 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29594 fileset with the working revision.
29595 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29596 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29598 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29599 saving the buffer.
29601 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29603 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29604 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29605 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29606 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29608 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29610 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29611 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29612 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29613 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29615 \(fn)" t nil)
29617 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29618 Perform a version control merge operation.
29619 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29621 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29622 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29624 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29625 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29626 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29627 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29628 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29629 changes from the current branch.
29631 \(fn)" t nil)
29633 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29635 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29636 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29637 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29638 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29639 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29640 checked out in that new branch.
29642 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29644 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29645 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29646 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29647 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29648 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29649 allowed and simply skipped).
29651 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29653 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29654 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29655 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29656 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29657 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29659 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29660 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29662 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29664 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29665 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29666 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29667 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29668 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29670 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29672 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29673 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29674 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29676 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29678 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29679 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29680 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29682 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29684 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29685 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29686 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29687 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29689 \(fn)" t nil)
29691 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29692 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29693 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29694 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29696 \(fn)" t nil)
29698 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29700 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29701 Update the current fileset or branch.
29702 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29704 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29705 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29707 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29708 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29709 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29710 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29711 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29715 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29717 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29718 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29719 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29720 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29721 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29722 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29723 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29725 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29727 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29728 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29729 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29730 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29731 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29732 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29733 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29734 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29735 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29737 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29739 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29740 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29741 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29742 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29744 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29746 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29747 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29748 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29749 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29751 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29753 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29754 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29755 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29756 directory.
29758 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29760 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29761 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29762 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29764 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29765 log entries should be gathered.
29767 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29769 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29770 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29772 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29774 ;;;***
29775 \f
29776 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
29777 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29778 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29780 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29781 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29783 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29784 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29785 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29786 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29787 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29788 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29790 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29791 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29792 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29793 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29794 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29795 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29796 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29797 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29799 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29801 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29803 Customization variables:
29805 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29806 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29807 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29808 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29810 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29812 ;;;***
29813 \f
29814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20709 26818 907104
29815 ;;;;;; 0))
29816 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29817 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29818 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29819 (progn
29820 (load "vc-arch")
29821 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29823 ;;;***
29824 \f
29825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20721 17977 14204
29826 ;;;;;; 0))
29827 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29829 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29830 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29832 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29833 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29834 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29835 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29836 (progn
29837 (load "vc-bzr")
29838 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29840 ;;;***
29841 \f
29842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20709 26818 907104
29843 ;;;;;; 0))
29844 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29845 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29846 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29847 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29848 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29849 (load "vc-cvs")
29850 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29852 ;;;***
29853 \f
29854 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir vc-dir-mode) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20709
29855 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
29856 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29858 (autoload 'vc-dir-mode "vc-dir" "\
29859 Major mode for VC directory buffers.
29860 Marking/Unmarking key bindings and actions:
29861 m - mark a file/directory
29862 - if the region is active, mark all the files in region.
29863 Restrictions: - a file cannot be marked if any parent directory is marked
29864 - a directory cannot be marked if any child file or
29865 directory is marked
29866 u - unmark a file/directory
29867 - if the region is active, unmark all the files in region.
29868 M - if the cursor is on a file: mark all the files with the same state as
29869 the current file
29870 - if the cursor is on a directory: mark all child files
29871 - with a prefix argument: mark all files
29872 U - if the cursor is on a file: unmark all the files with the same state
29873 as the current file
29874 - if the cursor is on a directory: unmark all child files
29875 - with a prefix argument: unmark all files
29876 mouse-2 - toggles the mark state
29878 VC commands
29879 VC commands in the `C-x v' prefix can be used.
29880 VC commands act on the marked entries. If nothing is marked, VC
29881 commands act on the current entry.
29883 Search & Replace
29884 S - searches the marked files
29885 Q - does a query replace on the marked files
29886 M-s a C-s - does an isearch on the marked files
29887 M-s a C-M-s - does a regexp isearch on the marked files
29888 If nothing is marked, these commands act on the current entry.
29889 When a directory is current or marked, the Search & Replace
29890 commands act on the child files of that directory that are displayed in
29891 the *vc-dir* buffer.
29895 \(fn)" t nil)
29897 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29899 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29900 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29901 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29903 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29904 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29905 The file lines appear later.
29907 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29908 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29910 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29914 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29916 ;;;***
29917 \f
29918 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
29919 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29920 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29922 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29923 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29924 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29925 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29926 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29927 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29928 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29929 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29930 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29931 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29932 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29933 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29934 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29935 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29936 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29938 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29940 ;;;***
29941 \f
29942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20709 26818 907104
29943 ;;;;;; 0))
29944 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29945 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29946 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29947 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29948 (progn
29949 (load "vc-git")
29950 (vc-git-registered file))))
29952 ;;;***
29953 \f
29954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
29955 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29956 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29957 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29958 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29959 (progn
29960 (load "vc-hg")
29961 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29963 ;;;***
29964 \f
29965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20709 26818 907104
29966 ;;;;;; 0))
29967 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29969 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29970 Name of the monotone directory.")
29972 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29973 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29974 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29975 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29976 (progn
29977 (load "vc-mtn")
29978 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29980 ;;;***
29981 \f
29982 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
29983 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29984 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29986 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29987 Where to look for RCS master files.
29988 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29990 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29992 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29994 ;;;***
29995 \f
29996 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
29997 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29998 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30000 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30001 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30002 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30004 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30006 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30008 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30009 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30010 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30011 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30013 ;;;***
30014 \f
30015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20709 26818 907104
30016 ;;;;;; 0))
30017 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30018 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30019 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30020 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30021 "_svn")
30022 (t ".svn"))))
30023 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30024 (load "vc-svn")
30025 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30027 ;;;***
30028 \f
30029 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30030 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
30031 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30034 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30035 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30037 Usage:
30038 ------
30040 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30041 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30043 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30045 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30046 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30047 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30048 completions.
30050 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30051 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30053 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30054 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30056 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30057 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30058 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30060 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30063 Maintenance:
30064 ------------
30066 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30067 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30069 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30071 Official distribution is at
30072 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30075 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30076 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30078 Key bindings:
30079 -------------
30083 \(fn)" t nil)
30085 ;;;***
30086 \f
30087 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30088 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
30089 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30091 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30092 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30095 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30099 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30100 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30102 Supports highlighting.
30104 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30105 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30107 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30109 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30110 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30111 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30112 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30113 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30114 on the left side of your screen.
30115 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30116 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30117 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30118 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30119 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30120 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30121 function keyword.
30122 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30123 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30124 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30125 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30126 if (a)
30127 begin
30128 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30129 Indentation for case statements.
30130 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30131 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30132 mark after an end.
30133 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30134 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30135 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30136 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30137 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30138 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30139 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30140 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30141 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30142 if (a)
30143 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30144 otherwise you get:
30145 if (a)
30146 begin
30147 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30148 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30149 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30150 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30151 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30152 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30153 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30154 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30155 comments in tight quarters.
30156 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30157 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30159 Variables controlling other actions:
30161 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30162 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30167 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30173 Some other functions are:
30202 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30203 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30215 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30218 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30222 \(fn)" t nil)
30224 ;;;***
30225 \f
30226 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30227 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
30228 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30230 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30231 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30233 Usage:
30234 ------
30236 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30237 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30238 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30239 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30240 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30241 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30242 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30243 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30244 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30246 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30247 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30248 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30249 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30251 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30252 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30253 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30254 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30255 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30257 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30258 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30261 HEADER INSERTION:
30262 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30263 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30264 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30267 STUTTERING:
30268 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30269 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30270 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30271 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30280 WORD COMPLETION:
30281 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30282 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30283 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30284 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30286 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30287 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30288 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30292 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30293 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30294 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30295 stop.
30298 COMMENTS:
30299 `--' puts a single comment.
30300 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30301 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30302 with a comment in between.
30303 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30304 out following lines.
30305 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30306 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30307 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30308 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30310 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30311 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30312 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30313 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30314 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30315 non-nil.
30317 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30318 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30319 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30320 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30321 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30322 multi-line comments.
30325 INDENTATION:
30326 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30327 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30328 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30329 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30330 the entire region.
30332 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30334 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30335 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30337 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30338 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30339 and vice versa.
30341 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30342 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30344 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30345 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30346 line.
30349 ALIGNMENT:
30350 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30351 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30352 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30353 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30354 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30355 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30356 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30357 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30359 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30360 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30361 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30362 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30363 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30364 is non-nil.
30366 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30367 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30368 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30370 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30371 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30374 CODE FILLING:
30375 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30376 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30377 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30378 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30379 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30380 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30383 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30384 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30385 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30386 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30387 command:
30389 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30392 PORT TRANSLATION:
30393 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30394 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30395 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30396 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30397 internal signal initializations (menu).
30399 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30400 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30401 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30403 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30404 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30405 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30406 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30407 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30408 in subsequent paste operations.)
30410 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30411 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30412 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30415 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30416 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30417 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30418 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30419 association list with formals).
30422 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30423 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30424 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30425 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30426 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30427 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30428 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30429 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30430 `vhdl-testbench'.
30433 KEY BINDINGS:
30434 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30437 VHDL MENU:
30438 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30441 FILE BROWSER:
30442 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30443 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30444 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30446 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30447 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30450 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30451 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30452 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30453 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30455 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30456 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30457 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30459 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30460 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30461 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30464 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30465 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30466 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30467 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30468 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30470 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30471 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30472 required by secondary units.
30475 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30476 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30477 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30478 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30479 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30480 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30481 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30482 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30483 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30484 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30485 inputs to this component -> input port created
30486 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30487 outputs from this component -> output port created
30488 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30489 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30491 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30492 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30493 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30494 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30495 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30497 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30498 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30500 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30501 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30502 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30503 component instantiation is also supported (option
30504 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30506 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30507 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30508 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30509 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30510 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30511 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30512 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30513 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30514 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30515 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30516 generating the configuration.
30518 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30519 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30520 configurations in speedbar.
30522 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30525 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30526 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30527 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30528 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30529 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30530 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30531 information. New compilers can be added.
30533 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30534 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30537 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30538 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30539 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30540 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30541 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30543 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30544 command:
30546 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30547 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30548 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30552 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30553 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30554 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30555 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30556 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30557 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30558 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30560 Limitations:
30561 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30562 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30563 not (yet) supported.
30564 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30565 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30569 PROJECTS:
30570 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30571 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30572 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30573 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30574 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30575 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30576 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30577 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30579 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30580 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30581 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30584 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30585 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30586 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30587 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30588 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30589 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30592 SPECIAL MENUES:
30593 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30594 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30596 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30597 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30598 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30599 current directory for VHDL source files.
30602 VHDL STANDARDS:
30603 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30604 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30607 KEYWORD CASE:
30608 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30609 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30610 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30611 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30612 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30613 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30614 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30615 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30618 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30619 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30620 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30621 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30622 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30623 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30624 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30626 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30627 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30628 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30629 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30630 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30631 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30633 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30634 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30635 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30636 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30637 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30638 visually.
30640 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30641 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30642 highlighted if written in lower case.
30645 highlighted using a different background color if option
30646 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30648 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30649 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30650 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30651 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30652 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30655 USER MODELS:
30656 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30657 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30658 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30661 HIDE/SHOW:
30662 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30663 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30664 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30665 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30666 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30669 CODE UPDATING:
30670 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30671 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30672 Limitations:
30673 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30674 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30675 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30676 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30677 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30678 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30679 (used to obtain the port names).
30680 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30681 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30682 sensitivity lists.
30685 CODE FIXING:
30686 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30687 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30690 PRINTING:
30691 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30692 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30693 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30694 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30695 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30696 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30697 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30698 printers.
30701 OPTIONS:
30702 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30704 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30705 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30708 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30710 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30711 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30712 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30713 INSTALL file).
30715 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30716 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30719 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30721 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30727 HINTS:
30728 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30729 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30731 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30733 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30735 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30738 RELEASE NOTES:
30739 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30742 Maintenance:
30743 ------------
30745 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30746 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30748 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30750 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30751 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30752 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30753 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30755 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30756 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30757 where the latest version can be found.
30760 Known problems:
30761 ---------------
30763 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30764 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30765 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30766 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30769 The VHDL Mode Authors
30770 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30772 Key bindings:
30773 -------------
30777 \(fn)" t nil)
30779 ;;;***
30780 \f
30781 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20566 63671 243798
30782 ;;;;;; 0))
30783 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30785 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30786 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30787 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30790 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30791 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30792 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30793 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30797 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30799 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30801 * Limitations and unsupported features
30802 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30803 not supported.
30804 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30805 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30807 * Modifications
30808 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30809 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30810 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30811 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30812 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30813 for undoing a repeated change command.
30814 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30815 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30816 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30818 * Extensions
30819 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30820 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30821 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30822 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30823 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30824 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30825 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30828 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30830 \(fn)" t nil)
30832 ;;;***
30833 \f
30834 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30835 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30836 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30837 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
30838 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30840 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30841 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30843 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30845 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30846 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30847 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30848 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30850 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30852 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30853 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30855 \(fn)" t nil)
30857 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30858 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30859 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30860 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30862 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30864 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30865 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30867 \(fn)" t nil)
30869 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30872 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30874 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30877 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30879 ;;;***
30880 \f
30881 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30882 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30883 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30884 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30885 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20710 47669 981323 0))
30886 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30888 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30889 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30890 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30892 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30894 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30895 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30896 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30897 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30899 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30901 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30902 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30904 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30906 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30907 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30908 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30909 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30910 moving around in the buffer.
30911 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30912 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30914 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30916 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30918 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30919 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30920 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30921 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30923 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30924 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30925 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30926 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30927 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30929 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30931 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30933 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30934 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30935 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30936 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30937 buffer.
30939 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30940 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30941 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30942 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30943 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30945 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30947 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30949 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30950 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30951 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30952 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30953 moving around in the buffer.
30954 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30955 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30957 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30959 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30960 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30961 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30963 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30964 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30965 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30966 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30968 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30969 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30970 own View-like bindings.
30972 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30974 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30975 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30976 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30977 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30978 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30979 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30980 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30982 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30984 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30986 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30987 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30988 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30990 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30991 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30992 own View-like bindings.
30994 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30996 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30997 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30998 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30999 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31000 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31001 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31002 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31004 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31006 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31008 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31009 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31010 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31012 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31013 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31014 own View-like bindings.
31016 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31018 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31019 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31020 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31021 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31022 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31024 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31025 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31026 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31027 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31031 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31033 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31036 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31037 to a repeat count of one.
31039 H, h, ? This message.
31040 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31043 > move to the end of buffer.
31046 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31048 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31049 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31050 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31053 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31055 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31056 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31058 Use this to view a changing file.
31062 . set the mark.
31063 x exchanges point and mark.
31065 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31066 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31068 ' go to position saved in character register.
31069 s do forward incremental search.
31070 r do reverse incremental search.
31071 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31072 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31073 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31074 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31077 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31081 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31082 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31084 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31089 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31090 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31099 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31103 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31104 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31105 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31106 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31107 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31108 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31109 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31110 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31111 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31113 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31115 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." "24.1")
31117 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31118 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31119 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31120 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31121 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31122 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31124 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31125 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31126 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31128 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31130 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31132 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31134 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31135 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31137 \(fn)" t nil)
31139 ;;;***
31140 \f
31141 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20709
31142 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
31143 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31145 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31146 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31148 \(fn)" nil nil)
31150 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31151 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31153 \(fn)" t nil)
31155 ;;;***
31156 \f
31157 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31158 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
31159 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31161 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31162 Toggle Viper on/off.
31163 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31165 \(fn)" t nil)
31167 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31168 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31170 \(fn)" t nil)
31172 ;;;***
31173 \f
31174 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31175 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
31176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31178 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31179 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31180 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31181 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31182 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31183 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31184 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31185 the beginning of the warning.")
31187 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31188 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31189 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31190 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31191 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31192 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31193 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31194 also call that function before the next warning.")
31196 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31197 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31199 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31200 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31201 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31202 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31204 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31205 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31206 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31207 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31208 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31209 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31211 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31212 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31213 Default is :warning.
31215 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31216 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31217 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31218 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31219 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31220 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31222 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31223 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31224 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31226 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31228 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31229 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31231 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31233 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31234 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31235 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31236 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31238 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31239 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31240 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31241 can be whatever you like.)
31243 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31244 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31246 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31247 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31248 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31249 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31250 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31252 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31254 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31255 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31256 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31257 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31258 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31260 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31262 ;;;***
31263 \f
31264 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31265 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
31266 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31268 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31269 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31271 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31272 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31274 directories to reflect your edits.
31276 See `wdired-mode'.
31278 \(fn)" t nil)
31280 ;;;***
31281 \f
31282 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20709 26818
31283 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
31284 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31286 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31287 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31289 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31290 hotlist.
31292 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31293 <nwv@acm.org>.
31295 \(fn)" t nil)
31297 ;;;***
31298 \f
31299 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31300 ;;;;;; (20725 15032 264919 0))
31301 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31302 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31303 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31305 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31307 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31308 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31309 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31310 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31311 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31312 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31314 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31316 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31317 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31318 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31319 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31320 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31322 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31323 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31324 in certain major modes.
31326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31328 ;;;***
31329 \f
31330 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31331 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31332 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31333 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20721 17977
31334 ;;;;;; 14204 0))
31335 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31337 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31338 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31339 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31340 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31341 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31343 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31344 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31348 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31349 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31350 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31351 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31352 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31354 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31355 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31356 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31357 use `whitespace-mode'.
31359 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31363 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31364 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31365 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31366 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31367 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31368 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31370 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31372 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31373 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31374 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31375 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31376 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31378 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31379 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31383 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31384 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31385 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31386 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31387 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31388 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31390 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31392 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31393 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31394 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31395 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31396 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31398 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31399 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31400 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31401 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31403 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31407 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31408 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31410 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31411 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31413 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31414 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31416 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31418 CHAR MEANING
31419 (VIA FACES)
31420 f toggle face visualization
31421 t toggle TAB visualization
31422 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31423 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31426 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31427 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31428 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31429 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31430 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31431 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31432 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31433 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31434 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31435 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31436 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31438 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31439 T toggle TAB visualization
31440 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31441 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31443 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31444 ? display brief help
31446 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31447 The valid symbols are:
31449 face toggle face visualization
31450 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31451 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31452 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31455 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31456 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31457 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31458 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31459 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31460 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31461 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31462 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31463 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31464 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31465 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31467 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31468 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31469 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31471 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31473 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31475 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31477 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31478 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31480 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31481 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31483 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31484 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31486 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31488 CHAR MEANING
31489 (VIA FACES)
31490 f toggle face visualization
31491 t toggle TAB visualization
31492 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31493 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31496 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31497 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31498 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31499 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31500 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31501 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31502 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31503 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31504 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31505 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31506 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31508 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31509 T toggle TAB visualization
31510 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31511 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31513 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31514 ? display brief help
31516 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31517 The valid symbols are:
31519 face toggle face visualization
31520 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31521 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31522 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31525 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31526 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31527 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31528 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31529 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31530 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31531 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31532 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31533 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31534 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31535 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31537 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31538 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31539 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31541 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31543 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31545 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31547 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31548 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31550 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31551 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31552 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31554 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31556 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31558 The problems cleaned up are:
31560 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31561 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31562 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31563 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31565 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31566 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31567 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31568 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31569 SPACEs.
31570 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31571 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31572 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31573 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31575 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31576 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31577 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31578 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31579 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31580 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31581 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31582 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31584 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31585 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31586 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31588 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31589 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31590 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31591 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31592 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31593 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31594 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31595 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31597 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31598 documentation.
31600 \(fn)" t nil)
31602 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31603 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31605 The problems cleaned up are:
31607 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31608 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31609 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31610 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31611 SPACEs.
31612 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31613 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31614 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31615 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31617 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31618 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31619 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31620 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31621 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31622 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31623 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31624 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31626 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31627 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31628 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31630 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31631 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31632 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31633 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31634 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31635 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31636 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31637 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31639 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31640 documentation.
31642 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31644 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31645 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31647 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31648 non-nil.
31651 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31652 `whitespace-style' to have:
31654 empty
31655 trailing
31656 indentation
31657 space-before-tab
31658 space-after-tab
31660 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31661 whitespace problems in buffer.
31663 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31665 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31666 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31667 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31668 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31669 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31670 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31671 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31673 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31674 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31675 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31676 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31677 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31678 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31679 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31681 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31682 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31683 cleaning up these problems.
31685 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31687 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31688 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31690 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31691 non-nil.
31694 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31695 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31697 empty
31698 indentation
31699 space-before-tab
31700 trailing
31701 space-after-tab
31703 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31704 whitespace problems in buffer.
31706 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31708 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31709 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31710 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31711 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31712 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31713 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31714 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31716 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31717 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31718 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31719 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31720 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31721 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31722 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31724 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31725 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31726 cleaning up these problems.
31728 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31730 ;;;***
31731 \f
31732 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31733 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20709 26818
31734 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
31735 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31737 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31738 Browse the widget under point.
31740 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31742 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31743 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31745 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31747 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31748 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31750 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31752 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31753 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31754 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31755 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31756 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31760 ;;;***
31761 \f
31762 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31763 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20716
31764 ;;;;;; 56 356960 0))
31765 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31767 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31768 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31770 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31772 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31773 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31774 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31776 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31778 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31779 Create widget of TYPE.
31780 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31782 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31784 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31785 Delete WIDGET.
31787 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31789 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31790 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31792 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31794 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31795 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31796 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31797 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31799 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31800 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31802 \(fn)" nil nil)
31804 ;;;***
31805 \f
31806 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31807 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20709
31808 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
31809 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31811 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31812 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31813 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31815 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31816 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31817 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31821 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31822 Select the window above the current one.
31824 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31825 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31826 negative ARG) of the current window.
31827 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31831 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31832 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31833 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31835 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31836 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31837 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31841 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31842 Select the window below the current one.
31843 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31845 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31846 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31847 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31851 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31852 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31853 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31854 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31856 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31858 ;;;***
31859 \f
31860 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" (20709 26818
31861 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
31862 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31864 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31865 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31866 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31867 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31868 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31869 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31871 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31873 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31874 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31875 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31876 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31877 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31882 ;;;***
31883 \f
31884 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
31885 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20709 26818 907104
31886 ;;;;;; 0))
31887 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31889 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31890 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31891 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31893 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31895 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31897 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31898 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31899 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31900 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31901 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31902 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31903 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31904 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31906 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31907 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31909 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31911 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31912 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31914 \(fn)" t nil)
31916 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31917 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31918 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31919 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31920 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31921 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31922 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31923 `woman' command for further details.
31925 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31927 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31928 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31930 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31932 ;;;***
31933 \f
31934 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31935 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
31936 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31938 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31939 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31941 BUGS:
31942 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31943 are not implemented
31944 - Options for search and replace
31945 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31946 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31948 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31949 Emacs-like.
31951 The key bindings are:
31953 C-a backward-word
31954 C-b fill-paragraph
31955 C-c scroll-up-line
31956 C-d forward-char
31957 C-e previous-line
31958 C-f forward-word
31959 C-g delete-char
31960 C-h backward-char
31961 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31962 C-j help-for-help
31963 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31964 C-l ws-repeat-search
31965 C-n open-line
31966 C-p quoted-insert
31967 C-r scroll-down-line
31968 C-s backward-char
31969 C-t kill-word
31970 C-u keyboard-quit
31971 C-v overwrite-mode
31972 C-w scroll-down
31973 C-x next-line
31974 C-y kill-complete-line
31975 C-z scroll-up
31977 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31978 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31979 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31980 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31981 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31982 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31983 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31984 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31985 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31986 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31987 C-k b ws-begin-block
31988 C-k c ws-copy-block
31989 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31990 C-k f find-file
31991 C-k h ws-show-markers
31992 C-k i ws-indent-block
31993 C-k k ws-end-block
31994 C-k p ws-print-block
31995 C-k q kill-emacs
31996 C-k r insert-file
31997 C-k s save-some-buffers
31998 C-k t ws-mark-word
31999 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32000 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32001 C-k v ws-move-block
32002 C-k w ws-write-block
32003 C-k x kill-emacs
32004 C-k y ws-delete-block
32006 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32007 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32008 C-o j justify-current-line
32009 C-o k kill-buffer
32010 C-o l list-buffers
32011 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32012 C-o r set-fill-column
32013 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32014 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32015 C-o wh split-window-right
32016 C-o wo other-window
32017 C-o wv split-window-below
32019 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32020 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32021 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32022 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32023 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32024 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32025 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32026 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32027 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32028 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32029 C-q a ws-query-replace
32030 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32031 C-q c end-of-buffer
32032 C-q d end-of-line
32033 C-q f ws-search
32034 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32035 C-q l ws-undo
32036 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32037 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32038 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32039 C-q w ws-last-error
32040 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32041 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32043 \(fn)" t nil)
32045 ;;;***
32046 \f
32047 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20709 26818
32048 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
32049 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32051 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32052 Perform an interactive search.
32053 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32054 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32055 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32056 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32058 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32059 Example:
32063 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32065 ;;;***
32066 \f
32067 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32068 ;;;;;; (20738 27061 124069 0))
32069 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32071 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32072 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32073 Return the top node with all its children.
32074 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32076 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32077 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32078 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32082 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32083 namespace to URIs instead.
32085 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32086 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32088 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32090 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32092 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32094 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32095 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32096 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32097 not contain well-formed XML.
32099 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32100 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32101 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32102 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32103 element of the list.
32104 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32105 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32106 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32110 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32111 namespace to URIs instead.
32113 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32114 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32116 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32118 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32120 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32122 ;;;***
32123 \f
32124 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32125 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
32126 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32128 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32129 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32130 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32131 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32132 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32133 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32134 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32135 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32136 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32137 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32139 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32141 ;;;***
32142 \f
32143 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20709
32144 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
32145 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32147 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32148 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32149 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32150 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32151 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32152 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32154 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32156 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32157 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32158 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32159 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32160 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32162 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32163 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32164 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32165 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32166 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32167 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32171 ;;;***
32172 \f
32173 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32174 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
32175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32177 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32178 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32180 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32182 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32183 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32185 \(fn)" nil nil)
32187 ;;;***
32188 \f
32189 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32190 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
32191 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32193 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32194 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32196 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32198 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32199 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32201 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32203 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32204 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32205 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32207 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32209 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32210 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32212 \(fn)" t nil)
32214 ;;;***
32215 \f
32216 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20709 26818 907104
32217 ;;;;;; 0))
32218 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32220 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32221 Zone out, completely.
32223 \(fn)" t nil)
32225 ;;;***
32226 \f
32227 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32386 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32387 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32388 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32389 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
32390 ;;;;;; "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
32391 ;;;;;; "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32392 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32393 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32394 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32395 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
32402 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
32403 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32404 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32405 ;;;;;; "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32406 ;;;;;; "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
32415 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
32416 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
32417 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
32418 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
32419 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32420 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32421 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32422 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32423 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32424 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32425 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32426 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32427 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32428 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32429 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32430 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32431 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32432 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32433 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32434 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32435 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32436 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20747 42275 915429
32437 ;;;;;; 589000))
32439 ;;;***
32440 \f
32441 (provide 'loaddefs)
32442 ;; Local Variables:
32443 ;; version-control: never
32444 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32445 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32446 ;; coding: utf-8
32447 ;; End:
32448 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here